mirror of
https://github.com/frida/tinycc
synced 2024-11-28 10:33:07 +03:00
7933 lines
224 KiB
C
7933 lines
224 KiB
C
/*
|
|
* TCC - Tiny C Compiler
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
|
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
|
*
|
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "tcc.h"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
|
#include "i386-gen.c"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
|
#include "arm-gen.c"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
|
|
#include "c67-gen.c"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
#include "x86_64-gen.c"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
|
|
|
|
#define RTLD_LAZY 0x001
|
|
#define RTLD_NOW 0x002
|
|
#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0x100
|
|
#define RTLD_DEFAULT NULL
|
|
|
|
/* dummy function for profiling */
|
|
void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag)
|
|
{
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void dlclose(void *p)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const char *dlerror(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return "error";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct TCCSyms {
|
|
char *str;
|
|
void *ptr;
|
|
} TCCSyms;
|
|
|
|
#define TCCSYM(a) { #a, &a, },
|
|
|
|
/* add the symbol you want here if no dynamic linking is done */
|
|
static TCCSyms tcc_syms[] = {
|
|
#if !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
|
|
TCCSYM(printf)
|
|
TCCSYM(fprintf)
|
|
TCCSYM(fopen)
|
|
TCCSYM(fclose)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{ NULL, NULL },
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *symbol, int type)
|
|
{
|
|
TCCSyms *p;
|
|
p = tcc_syms;
|
|
while (p->str != NULL) {
|
|
if (!strcmp(p->str, symbol))
|
|
return p->ptr;
|
|
p++;
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#elif !defined(_WIN32)
|
|
|
|
#include <dlfcn.h>
|
|
|
|
void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type)
|
|
{
|
|
return dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, sym);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/********************************************************/
|
|
|
|
/* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
|
|
non standard math libs */
|
|
/* XXX: endianness dependent */
|
|
int ieee_finite(double d)
|
|
{
|
|
int *p = (int *)&d;
|
|
return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* copy a string and truncate it. */
|
|
static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
|
|
{
|
|
char *q, *q_end;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
if (buf_size > 0) {
|
|
q = buf;
|
|
q_end = buf + buf_size - 1;
|
|
while (q < q_end) {
|
|
c = *s++;
|
|
if (c == '\0')
|
|
break;
|
|
*q++ = c;
|
|
}
|
|
*q = '\0';
|
|
}
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* strcat and truncate. */
|
|
static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
len = strlen(buf);
|
|
if (len < buf_size)
|
|
pstrcpy(buf + len, buf_size - len, s);
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifndef LIBTCC
|
|
static int strstart(const char *str, const char *val, const char **ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *p, *q;
|
|
p = str;
|
|
q = val;
|
|
while (*q != '\0') {
|
|
if (*p != *q)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
p++;
|
|
q++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (ptr)
|
|
*ptr = p;
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
#define IS_PATHSEP(c) (c == '/' || c == '\\')
|
|
#define IS_ABSPATH(p) (IS_PATHSEP(p[0]) || (p[0] && p[1] == ':' && IS_PATHSEP(p[2])))
|
|
#define PATHCMP stricmp
|
|
#else
|
|
#define IS_PATHSEP(c) (c == '/')
|
|
#define IS_ABSPATH(p) IS_PATHSEP(p[0])
|
|
#define PATHCMP strcmp
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* extract the basename of a file */
|
|
static char *tcc_basename(const char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
char *p = strchr(name, 0);
|
|
while (p > name && !IS_PATHSEP(p[-1]))
|
|
--p;
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
char *b = tcc_basename(name);
|
|
char *e = strrchr(b, '.');
|
|
return e ? e : strchr(b, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
char *normalize_slashes(char *path)
|
|
{
|
|
char *p;
|
|
for (p = path; *p; ++p)
|
|
if (*p == '\\')
|
|
*p = '/';
|
|
return path;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void tcc_set_lib_path_w32(TCCState *s)
|
|
{
|
|
/* on win32, we suppose the lib and includes are at the location
|
|
of 'tcc.exe' */
|
|
char path[1024], *p;
|
|
GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, path, sizeof path);
|
|
p = tcc_basename(normalize_slashes(strlwr(path)));
|
|
if (p - 5 > path && 0 == strncmp(p - 5, "/bin/", 5))
|
|
p -= 5;
|
|
else if (p > path)
|
|
p--;
|
|
*p = 0;
|
|
tcc_set_lib_path(s, path);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
void set_pages_executable(void *ptr, unsigned long length)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
unsigned long old_protect;
|
|
VirtualProtect(ptr, length, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, &old_protect);
|
|
#else
|
|
unsigned long start, end;
|
|
start = (unsigned long)ptr & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
|
|
end = (unsigned long)ptr + length;
|
|
end = (end + PAGESIZE - 1) & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
|
|
mprotect((void *)start, end - start, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* memory management */
|
|
#ifdef MEM_DEBUG
|
|
int mem_cur_size;
|
|
int mem_max_size;
|
|
unsigned malloc_usable_size(void*);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static inline void tcc_free(void *ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MEM_DEBUG
|
|
mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
|
|
#endif
|
|
free(ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void *tcc_malloc(unsigned long size)
|
|
{
|
|
void *ptr;
|
|
ptr = malloc(size);
|
|
if (!ptr && size)
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
#ifdef MEM_DEBUG
|
|
mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr);
|
|
if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
|
|
mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void *tcc_mallocz(unsigned long size)
|
|
{
|
|
void *ptr;
|
|
ptr = tcc_malloc(size);
|
|
memset(ptr, 0, size);
|
|
return ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void *tcc_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long size)
|
|
{
|
|
void *ptr1;
|
|
#ifdef MEM_DEBUG
|
|
mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
|
|
#endif
|
|
ptr1 = realloc(ptr, size);
|
|
#ifdef MEM_DEBUG
|
|
/* NOTE: count not correct if alloc error, but not critical */
|
|
mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr1);
|
|
if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
|
|
mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return ptr1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static char *tcc_strdup(const char *str)
|
|
{
|
|
char *ptr;
|
|
ptr = tcc_malloc(strlen(str) + 1);
|
|
strcpy(ptr, str);
|
|
return ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define free(p) use_tcc_free(p)
|
|
#define malloc(s) use_tcc_malloc(s)
|
|
#define realloc(p, s) use_tcc_realloc(p, s)
|
|
|
|
static void dynarray_add(void ***ptab, int *nb_ptr, void *data)
|
|
{
|
|
int nb, nb_alloc;
|
|
void **pp;
|
|
|
|
nb = *nb_ptr;
|
|
pp = *ptab;
|
|
/* every power of two we double array size */
|
|
if ((nb & (nb - 1)) == 0) {
|
|
if (!nb)
|
|
nb_alloc = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
nb_alloc = nb * 2;
|
|
pp = tcc_realloc(pp, nb_alloc * sizeof(void *));
|
|
if (!pp)
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
*ptab = pp;
|
|
}
|
|
pp[nb++] = data;
|
|
*nb_ptr = nb;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void dynarray_reset(void *pp, int *n)
|
|
{
|
|
void **p;
|
|
for (p = *(void***)pp; *n; ++p, --*n)
|
|
if (*p)
|
|
tcc_free(*p);
|
|
tcc_free(*(void**)pp);
|
|
*(void**)pp = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* symbol allocator */
|
|
static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
|
|
dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
|
|
|
|
last_sym = sym_free_first;
|
|
sym = sym_pool;
|
|
for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
|
|
sym->next = last_sym;
|
|
last_sym = sym;
|
|
sym++;
|
|
}
|
|
sym_free_first = last_sym;
|
|
return last_sym;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *sym;
|
|
sym = sym_free_first;
|
|
if (!sym)
|
|
sym = __sym_malloc();
|
|
sym_free_first = sym->next;
|
|
return sym;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void sym_free(Sym *sym)
|
|
{
|
|
sym->next = sym_free_first;
|
|
sym_free_first = sym;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Section *new_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name, int sh_type, int sh_flags)
|
|
{
|
|
Section *sec;
|
|
|
|
sec = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(Section) + strlen(name));
|
|
strcpy(sec->name, name);
|
|
sec->sh_type = sh_type;
|
|
sec->sh_flags = sh_flags;
|
|
switch(sh_type) {
|
|
case SHT_HASH:
|
|
case SHT_REL:
|
|
case SHT_RELA:
|
|
case SHT_DYNSYM:
|
|
case SHT_SYMTAB:
|
|
case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
|
sec->sh_addralign = 4;
|
|
break;
|
|
case SHT_STRTAB:
|
|
sec->sh_addralign = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
sec->sh_addralign = 32; /* default conservative alignment */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE) {
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->priv_sections, &s1->nb_priv_sections, sec);
|
|
} else {
|
|
sec->sh_num = s1->nb_sections;
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sections, &s1->nb_sections, sec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void free_section(Section *s)
|
|
{
|
|
tcc_free(s->data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* realloc section and set its content to zero */
|
|
static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned long size;
|
|
unsigned char *data;
|
|
|
|
size = sec->data_allocated;
|
|
if (size == 0)
|
|
size = 1;
|
|
while (size < new_size)
|
|
size = size * 2;
|
|
data = tcc_realloc(sec->data, size);
|
|
if (!data)
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
memset(data + sec->data_allocated, 0, size - sec->data_allocated);
|
|
sec->data = data;
|
|
sec->data_allocated = size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* reserve at least 'size' bytes in section 'sec' from
|
|
sec->data_offset. */
|
|
static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned long offset, offset1;
|
|
|
|
offset = sec->data_offset;
|
|
offset1 = offset + size;
|
|
if (offset1 > sec->data_allocated)
|
|
section_realloc(sec, offset1);
|
|
sec->data_offset = offset1;
|
|
return sec->data + offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return a reference to a section, and create it if it does not
|
|
exists */
|
|
Section *find_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
Section *sec;
|
|
int i;
|
|
for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
|
|
sec = s1->sections[i];
|
|
if (!strcmp(name, sec->name))
|
|
return sec;
|
|
}
|
|
/* sections are created as PROGBITS */
|
|
return new_section(s1, name, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define SECTION_ABS ((void *)1)
|
|
|
|
/* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
|
|
'section' with value 'value' */
|
|
static void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, Section *section,
|
|
unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
|
|
int can_add_underscore)
|
|
{
|
|
int sym_type, sym_bind, sh_num, info, other, attr;
|
|
ElfW(Sym) *esym;
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
char buf1[256];
|
|
|
|
if (section == NULL)
|
|
sh_num = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|
else if (section == SECTION_ABS)
|
|
sh_num = SHN_ABS;
|
|
else
|
|
sh_num = section->sh_num;
|
|
|
|
other = attr = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
sym_type = STT_FUNC;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
if (sym->type.ref)
|
|
attr = sym->type.ref->r;
|
|
if (FUNC_EXPORT(attr))
|
|
other |= 1;
|
|
if (FUNC_CALL(attr) == FUNC_STDCALL)
|
|
other |= 2;
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
|
|
sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|
else
|
|
sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
|
|
|
if (!sym->c) {
|
|
name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
if (do_bounds_check) {
|
|
char buf[32];
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
|
|
/* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
|
|
names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
|
|
switch(sym->v) {
|
|
#if 0
|
|
/* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
|
|
case TOK_malloc:
|
|
case TOK_free:
|
|
case TOK_realloc:
|
|
case TOK_memalign:
|
|
case TOK_calloc:
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_memcpy:
|
|
case TOK_memmove:
|
|
case TOK_memset:
|
|
case TOK_strlen:
|
|
case TOK_strcpy:
|
|
case TOK__alloca:
|
|
strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
|
|
strcat(buf, name);
|
|
name = buf;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
if ((other & 2) && can_add_underscore) {
|
|
sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, FUNC_ARGS(attr));
|
|
name = buf1;
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
|
|
buf1[0] = '_';
|
|
pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
|
|
name = buf1;
|
|
}
|
|
info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(sym_bind, sym_type);
|
|
sym->c = add_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
|
|
} else {
|
|
esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
|
|
esym->st_value = value;
|
|
esym->st_size = size;
|
|
esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
|
|
esym->st_other |= other;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
|
|
unsigned long value, unsigned long size)
|
|
{
|
|
put_extern_sym2(sym, section, value, size, 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
|
|
static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!sym->c)
|
|
put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
/* now we can add ELF relocation info */
|
|
put_elf_reloc(symtab_section, s, offset, type, sym->c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int isid(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
|
|
(c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
|
|
c == '_';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int isnum(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int isoct(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
return c >= '0' && c <= '7';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int toup(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
return c - 'a' + 'A';
|
|
else
|
|
return c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void strcat_vprintf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
len = strlen(buf);
|
|
vsnprintf(buf + len, buf_size - len, fmt, ap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void strcat_printf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, ...)
|
|
{
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
va_start(ap, fmt);
|
|
strcat_vprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, ap);
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void error1(TCCState *s1, int is_warning, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[2048];
|
|
BufferedFile **f;
|
|
|
|
buf[0] = '\0';
|
|
if (file) {
|
|
for(f = s1->include_stack; f < s1->include_stack_ptr; f++)
|
|
strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "In file included from %s:%d:\n",
|
|
(*f)->filename, (*f)->line_num);
|
|
if (file->line_num > 0) {
|
|
strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
|
|
"%s:%d: ", file->filename, file->line_num);
|
|
} else {
|
|
strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
|
|
"%s: ", file->filename);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
|
|
"tcc: ");
|
|
}
|
|
if (is_warning)
|
|
strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "warning: ");
|
|
strcat_vprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, ap);
|
|
|
|
if (!s1->error_func) {
|
|
/* default case: stderr */
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf);
|
|
} else {
|
|
s1->error_func(s1->error_opaque, buf);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!is_warning || s1->warn_error)
|
|
s1->nb_errors++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LIBTCC
|
|
void tcc_set_error_func(TCCState *s, void *error_opaque,
|
|
void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg))
|
|
{
|
|
s->error_opaque = error_opaque;
|
|
s->error_func = error_func;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* error without aborting current compilation */
|
|
void error_noabort(const char *fmt, ...)
|
|
{
|
|
TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
|
|
va_start(ap, fmt);
|
|
error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void error(const char *fmt, ...)
|
|
{
|
|
TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
|
|
va_start(ap, fmt);
|
|
error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
/* better than nothing: in some cases, we accept to handle errors */
|
|
if (s1->error_set_jmp_enabled) {
|
|
longjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf, 1);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* XXX: eliminate this someday */
|
|
exit(1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void expect(const char *msg)
|
|
{
|
|
error("%s expected", msg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
|
|
{
|
|
TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
|
|
if (s1->warn_none)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
va_start(ap, fmt);
|
|
error1(s1, 1, fmt, ap);
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void skip(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tok != c)
|
|
error("'%c' expected", c);
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void test_lvalue(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
|
|
expect("lvalue");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* allocate a new token */
|
|
static TokenSym *tok_alloc_new(TokenSym **pts, const char *str, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenSym *ts, **ptable;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (tok_ident >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
|
|
/* expand token table if needed */
|
|
i = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
|
|
if ((i % TOK_ALLOC_INCR) == 0) {
|
|
ptable = tcc_realloc(table_ident, (i + TOK_ALLOC_INCR) * sizeof(TokenSym *));
|
|
if (!ptable)
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
table_ident = ptable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ts = tcc_malloc(sizeof(TokenSym) + len);
|
|
table_ident[i] = ts;
|
|
ts->tok = tok_ident++;
|
|
ts->sym_define = NULL;
|
|
ts->sym_label = NULL;
|
|
ts->sym_struct = NULL;
|
|
ts->sym_identifier = NULL;
|
|
ts->len = len;
|
|
ts->hash_next = NULL;
|
|
memcpy(ts->str, str, len);
|
|
ts->str[len] = '\0';
|
|
*pts = ts;
|
|
return ts;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define TOK_HASH_INIT 1
|
|
#define TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c) ((h) * 263 + (c))
|
|
|
|
/* find a token and add it if not found */
|
|
static TokenSym *tok_alloc(const char *str, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenSym *ts, **pts;
|
|
int i;
|
|
unsigned int h;
|
|
|
|
h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
|
|
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
|
|
h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, ((unsigned char *)str)[i]);
|
|
h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
|
|
|
|
pts = &hash_ident[h];
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
ts = *pts;
|
|
if (!ts)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, str, len))
|
|
return ts;
|
|
pts = &(ts->hash_next);
|
|
}
|
|
return tok_alloc_new(pts, str, len);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* CString handling */
|
|
|
|
static void cstr_realloc(CString *cstr, int new_size)
|
|
{
|
|
int size;
|
|
void *data;
|
|
|
|
size = cstr->size_allocated;
|
|
if (size == 0)
|
|
size = 8; /* no need to allocate a too small first string */
|
|
while (size < new_size)
|
|
size = size * 2;
|
|
data = tcc_realloc(cstr->data_allocated, size);
|
|
if (!data)
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
cstr->data_allocated = data;
|
|
cstr->size_allocated = size;
|
|
cstr->data = data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add a byte */
|
|
static inline void cstr_ccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
|
|
{
|
|
int size;
|
|
size = cstr->size + 1;
|
|
if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
|
|
cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
|
|
((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[size - 1] = ch;
|
|
cstr->size = size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void cstr_cat(CString *cstr, const char *str)
|
|
{
|
|
int c;
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
c = *str;
|
|
if (c == '\0')
|
|
break;
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
|
|
str++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add a wide char */
|
|
static void cstr_wccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
|
|
{
|
|
int size;
|
|
size = cstr->size + sizeof(nwchar_t);
|
|
if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
|
|
cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
|
|
*(nwchar_t *)(((unsigned char *)cstr->data) + size - sizeof(nwchar_t)) = ch;
|
|
cstr->size = size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void cstr_new(CString *cstr)
|
|
{
|
|
memset(cstr, 0, sizeof(CString));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* free string and reset it to NULL */
|
|
static void cstr_free(CString *cstr)
|
|
{
|
|
tcc_free(cstr->data_allocated);
|
|
cstr_new(cstr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define cstr_reset(cstr) cstr_free(cstr)
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: unicode ? */
|
|
static void add_char(CString *cstr, int c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c == '\'' || c == '\"' || c == '\\') {
|
|
/* XXX: could be more precise if char or string */
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
|
|
}
|
|
if (c >= 32 && c <= 126) {
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
|
|
} else {
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
|
|
if (c == '\n') {
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, 'n');
|
|
} else {
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 6) & 7));
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
|
|
cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + (c & 7));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: buffer overflow */
|
|
/* XXX: float tokens */
|
|
char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv)
|
|
{
|
|
static char buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
|
|
static CString cstr_buf;
|
|
CString *cstr;
|
|
unsigned char *q;
|
|
char *p;
|
|
int i, len;
|
|
|
|
/* NOTE: to go faster, we give a fixed buffer for small strings */
|
|
cstr_reset(&cstr_buf);
|
|
cstr_buf.data = buf;
|
|
cstr_buf.size_allocated = sizeof(buf);
|
|
p = buf;
|
|
|
|
switch(v) {
|
|
case TOK_CINT:
|
|
case TOK_CUINT:
|
|
/* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing */
|
|
sprintf(p, "%u", cv->ui);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CLLONG:
|
|
case TOK_CULLONG:
|
|
/* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing */
|
|
sprintf(p, "%Lu", cv->ull);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LCHAR:
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, 'L');
|
|
case TOK_CCHAR:
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
|
|
add_char(&cstr_buf, cv->i);
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_PPNUM:
|
|
cstr = cv->cstr;
|
|
len = cstr->size - 1;
|
|
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
|
|
add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LSTR:
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, 'L');
|
|
case TOK_STR:
|
|
cstr = cv->cstr;
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
|
|
if (v == TOK_STR) {
|
|
len = cstr->size - 1;
|
|
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
|
|
add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
|
|
} else {
|
|
len = (cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t)) - 1;
|
|
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
|
|
add_char(&cstr_buf, ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
|
|
cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LT:
|
|
v = '<';
|
|
goto addv;
|
|
case TOK_GT:
|
|
v = '>';
|
|
goto addv;
|
|
case TOK_DOTS:
|
|
return strcpy(p, "...");
|
|
case TOK_A_SHL:
|
|
return strcpy(p, "<<=");
|
|
case TOK_A_SAR:
|
|
return strcpy(p, ">>=");
|
|
default:
|
|
if (v < TOK_IDENT) {
|
|
/* search in two bytes table */
|
|
q = tok_two_chars;
|
|
while (*q) {
|
|
if (q[2] == v) {
|
|
*p++ = q[0];
|
|
*p++ = q[1];
|
|
*p = '\0';
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
q += 3;
|
|
}
|
|
addv:
|
|
*p++ = v;
|
|
*p = '\0';
|
|
} else if (v < tok_ident) {
|
|
return table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->str;
|
|
} else if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
|
/* special name for anonymous symbol */
|
|
sprintf(p, "L.%u", v - SYM_FIRST_ANOM);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* should never happen */
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return cstr_buf.data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* push, without hashing */
|
|
static Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, long c)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
s = sym_malloc();
|
|
s->v = v;
|
|
s->type.t = t;
|
|
s->c = c;
|
|
s->next = NULL;
|
|
/* add in stack */
|
|
s->prev = *ps;
|
|
*ps = s;
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
|
|
of the symbol stack */
|
|
static Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
|
|
{
|
|
while (s) {
|
|
if (s->v == v)
|
|
return s;
|
|
s = s->prev;
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* structure lookup */
|
|
static inline Sym *struct_find(int v)
|
|
{
|
|
v -= TOK_IDENT;
|
|
if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* find an identifier */
|
|
static inline Sym *sym_find(int v)
|
|
{
|
|
v -= TOK_IDENT;
|
|
if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
|
|
static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s, **ps;
|
|
TokenSym *ts;
|
|
|
|
if (local_stack)
|
|
ps = &local_stack;
|
|
else
|
|
ps = &global_stack;
|
|
s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
|
|
s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
|
s->r = r;
|
|
/* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
|
|
/* XXX: simplify */
|
|
if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
|
/* record symbol in token array */
|
|
ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
|
|
if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
|
|
ps = &ts->sym_struct;
|
|
else
|
|
ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
|
|
s->prev_tok = *ps;
|
|
*ps = s;
|
|
}
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* push a global identifier */
|
|
static Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s, **ps;
|
|
s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
|
|
/* don't record anonymous symbol */
|
|
if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
|
ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
|
|
/* modify the top most local identifier, so that
|
|
sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
|
|
while (*ps != NULL)
|
|
ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
|
|
s->prev_tok = NULL;
|
|
*ps = s;
|
|
}
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* pop symbols until top reaches 'b' */
|
|
static void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
|
|
TokenSym *ts;
|
|
int v;
|
|
|
|
s = *ptop;
|
|
while(s != b) {
|
|
ss = s->prev;
|
|
v = s->v;
|
|
/* remove symbol in token array */
|
|
/* XXX: simplify */
|
|
if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
|
ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
|
|
if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
|
|
ps = &ts->sym_struct;
|
|
else
|
|
ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
|
|
*ps = s->prev_tok;
|
|
}
|
|
sym_free(s);
|
|
s = ss;
|
|
}
|
|
*ptop = b;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* I/O layer */
|
|
|
|
BufferedFile *tcc_open(TCCState *s1, const char *filename)
|
|
{
|
|
int fd;
|
|
BufferedFile *bf;
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
|
|
fd = 0, filename = "stdin";
|
|
else
|
|
fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
|
|
if ((verbose == 2 && fd >= 0) || verbose == 3)
|
|
printf("%s %*s%s\n", fd < 0 ? "nf":"->",
|
|
(s1->include_stack_ptr - s1->include_stack), "", filename);
|
|
if (fd < 0)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
bf = tcc_malloc(sizeof(BufferedFile));
|
|
bf->fd = fd;
|
|
bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
|
|
bf->buf_end = bf->buffer;
|
|
bf->buffer[0] = CH_EOB; /* put eob symbol */
|
|
pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), filename);
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
normalize_slashes(bf->filename);
|
|
#endif
|
|
bf->line_num = 1;
|
|
bf->ifndef_macro = 0;
|
|
bf->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
|
|
// printf("opening '%s'\n", filename);
|
|
return bf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void tcc_close(BufferedFile *bf)
|
|
{
|
|
total_lines += bf->line_num;
|
|
close(bf->fd);
|
|
tcc_free(bf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#include "tccpp.c"
|
|
|
|
void swap(int *p, int *q)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
t = *p;
|
|
*p = *q;
|
|
*q = t;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
|
|
{
|
|
int v;
|
|
|
|
if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
/* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
|
|
avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
|
|
because it would complicate the code generator. */
|
|
if (vtop >= vstack) {
|
|
v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
|
|
gv(RC_INT);
|
|
}
|
|
vtop++;
|
|
vtop->type = *type;
|
|
vtop->r = r;
|
|
vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
|
vtop->c = *vc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* push integer constant */
|
|
void vpushi(int v)
|
|
{
|
|
CValue cval;
|
|
cval.i = v;
|
|
vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* push long long constant */
|
|
void vpushll(long long v)
|
|
{
|
|
CValue cval;
|
|
CType ctype;
|
|
ctype.t = VT_LLONG;
|
|
cval.ull = v;
|
|
vsetc(&ctype, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
|
|
static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
|
|
unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
|
|
{
|
|
int v;
|
|
Sym *sym;
|
|
|
|
v = anon_sym++;
|
|
sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
|
|
sym->type.ref = type->ref;
|
|
sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
|
put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
|
|
return sym;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
|
|
static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
|
|
{
|
|
CValue cval;
|
|
|
|
cval.ul = 0;
|
|
vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
|
|
vtop->sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
|
|
static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
|
|
s = sym_find(v);
|
|
if (!s) {
|
|
/* push forward reference */
|
|
s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
|
|
s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
|
s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
|
}
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
|
|
static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
|
|
s = sym_find(v);
|
|
if (!s) {
|
|
/* push forward reference */
|
|
s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
|
|
s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!is_compatible_types(&s->type, type))
|
|
error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
}
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* push a reference to global symbol v */
|
|
static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *sym;
|
|
CValue cval;
|
|
|
|
sym = external_global_sym(v, type, 0);
|
|
cval.ul = 0;
|
|
vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
|
|
vtop->sym = sym;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
|
|
{
|
|
CValue cval;
|
|
|
|
cval.i = v;
|
|
vsetc(type, r, &cval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void vseti(int r, int v)
|
|
{
|
|
CType type;
|
|
type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
vset(&type, r, v);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void vswap(void)
|
|
{
|
|
SValue tmp;
|
|
|
|
tmp = vtop[0];
|
|
vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
|
|
vtop[-1] = tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void vpushv(SValue *v)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
|
|
error("memory full");
|
|
vtop++;
|
|
*vtop = *v;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void vdup(void)
|
|
{
|
|
vpushv(vtop);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
|
|
void save_reg(int r)
|
|
{
|
|
int l, saved, size, align;
|
|
SValue *p, sv;
|
|
CType *type;
|
|
|
|
/* modify all stack values */
|
|
saved = 0;
|
|
l = 0;
|
|
for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
|
if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
|
((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
|
|
/* must save value on stack if not already done */
|
|
if (!saved) {
|
|
/* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
|
|
r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
/* store register in the stack */
|
|
type = &p->type;
|
|
if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
|
|
(!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
type = &char_pointer_type;
|
|
#else
|
|
type = &int_type;
|
|
#endif
|
|
size = type_size(type, &align);
|
|
loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
|
sv.type.t = type->t;
|
|
sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
|
sv.c.ul = loc;
|
|
store(r, &sv);
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
|
/* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
|
|
if (r == TREG_ST0) {
|
|
o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
/* special long long case */
|
|
if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
sv.c.ul += 4;
|
|
store(p->r2, &sv);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
l = loc;
|
|
saved = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
/* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
|
|
if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
|
|
/* also clear the bounded flag because the
|
|
relocation address of the function was stored in
|
|
p->c.ul */
|
|
p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
|
|
} else {
|
|
p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
|
|
}
|
|
p->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
|
p->c.ul = l;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
|
|
* If none, call get_reg(rc) */
|
|
int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
|
|
{
|
|
int r;
|
|
SValue *p;
|
|
|
|
for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
|
|
if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
|
|
int n;
|
|
n=0;
|
|
for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
|
|
if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
|
(p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
|
|
n++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (n <= 1)
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return get_reg(rc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
|
|
int get_reg(int rc)
|
|
{
|
|
int r;
|
|
SValue *p;
|
|
|
|
/* find a free register */
|
|
for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
|
|
if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
|
|
for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
|
if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
|
(p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
|
|
goto notfound;
|
|
}
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
notfound: ;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
|
|
IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
|
|
spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
|
|
for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
|
r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
|
|
goto save_found;
|
|
/* also look at second register (if long long) */
|
|
r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
|
|
save_found:
|
|
save_reg(r);
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* Should never comes here */
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
|
|
void save_regs(int n)
|
|
{
|
|
int r;
|
|
SValue *p, *p1;
|
|
p1 = vtop - n;
|
|
for(p = vstack;p <= p1; p++) {
|
|
r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
if (r < VT_CONST) {
|
|
save_reg(r);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* move register 's' to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
|
|
if needed */
|
|
void move_reg(int r, int s)
|
|
{
|
|
SValue sv;
|
|
|
|
if (r != s) {
|
|
save_reg(r);
|
|
sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
sv.r = s;
|
|
sv.c.ul = 0;
|
|
load(r, &sv);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
|
|
void gaddrof(void)
|
|
{
|
|
vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
|
|
/* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
|
|
if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
|
|
vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
/* generate lvalue bound code */
|
|
void gbound(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int lval_type;
|
|
CType type1;
|
|
|
|
vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
|
/* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
|
|
if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
|
|
/* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
|
|
if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
|
|
lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
|
|
/* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
|
|
type1 = vtop->type;
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
gen_bounded_ptr_add();
|
|
vtop->r |= lval_type;
|
|
vtop->type = type1;
|
|
}
|
|
/* then check for dereferencing */
|
|
gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
|
|
converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
|
|
register value (such as structures). */
|
|
int gv(int rc)
|
|
{
|
|
int r, rc2, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
|
|
|
|
/* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
|
|
if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
|
CType type;
|
|
int bits = 32;
|
|
bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
|
bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
|
|
/* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
|
|
vtop->type.t &= ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
|
|
/* cast to int to propagate signedness in following ops */
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
type.t = VT_LLONG;
|
|
bits = 64;
|
|
} else
|
|
type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
if((vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
|
(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL)
|
|
type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
gen_cast(&type);
|
|
/* generate shifts */
|
|
vpushi(bits - (bit_pos + bit_size));
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
|
vpushi(bits - bit_size);
|
|
/* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
|
r = gv(rc);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
|
|
(vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
|
|
Sym *sym;
|
|
int *ptr;
|
|
unsigned long offset;
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
|
|
CValue check;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
|
|
/* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
|
|
generically in data segment */
|
|
size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
|
|
offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
|
|
data_section->data_offset = offset;
|
|
/* XXX: not portable yet */
|
|
#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)
|
|
/* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
|
|
if (size == LDOUBLE_SIZE)
|
|
vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
|
|
#endif
|
|
ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
|
|
size = size >> 2;
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
|
|
check.d = 1;
|
|
if(check.tab[0])
|
|
for(i=0;i<size;i++)
|
|
ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
for(i=0;i<size;i++)
|
|
ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
|
|
sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
|
|
vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
|
|
vtop->sym = sym;
|
|
vtop->c.ul = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
|
|
gbound();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
rc2 = RC_INT;
|
|
if (rc == RC_IRET)
|
|
rc2 = RC_LRET;
|
|
/* need to reload if:
|
|
- constant
|
|
- lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
|
|
- already a register, but not in the right class */
|
|
if (r >= VT_CONST ||
|
|
(vtop->r & VT_LVAL) ||
|
|
!(reg_classes[r] & rc) ||
|
|
((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG &&
|
|
!(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))) {
|
|
r = get_reg(rc);
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
int r2;
|
|
unsigned long long ll;
|
|
/* two register type load : expand to two words
|
|
temporarily */
|
|
if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
|
|
/* load constant */
|
|
ll = vtop->c.ull;
|
|
vtop->c.ui = ll; /* first word */
|
|
load(r, vtop);
|
|
vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
|
|
vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
|
|
} else if (r >= VT_CONST || /* XXX: test to VT_CONST incorrect ? */
|
|
(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
|
|
/* We do not want to modifier the long long
|
|
pointer here, so the safest (and less
|
|
efficient) is to save all the other registers
|
|
in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
|
|
save_regs(1);
|
|
/* load from memory */
|
|
load(r, vtop);
|
|
vdup();
|
|
vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
|
|
/* increment pointer to get second word */
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
vpushi(4);
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* move registers */
|
|
load(r, vtop);
|
|
vdup();
|
|
vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
|
|
vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
|
}
|
|
/* allocate second register */
|
|
r2 = get_reg(rc2);
|
|
load(r2, vtop);
|
|
vpop();
|
|
/* write second register */
|
|
vtop->r2 = r2;
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
|
|
int t1, t;
|
|
/* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
|
|
because of possible cast */
|
|
t = vtop->type.t;
|
|
t1 = t;
|
|
/* compute memory access type */
|
|
if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
|
|
t = VT_BYTE;
|
|
else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
|
|
t = VT_SHORT;
|
|
if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
|
|
t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
vtop->type.t = t;
|
|
load(r, vtop);
|
|
/* restore wanted type */
|
|
vtop->type.t = t1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* one register type load */
|
|
load(r, vtop);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
vtop->r = r;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
|
|
/* uses register pairs for doubles */
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
|
|
vtop->r2 = r+1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
|
|
void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
|
|
{
|
|
int v;
|
|
|
|
/* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
|
|
values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
|
|
reload errors */
|
|
v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
gv(rc1);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
gv(rc2);
|
|
/* test if reload is needed for first register */
|
|
if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
gv(rc1);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
gv(rc2);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
gv(rc1);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
/* test if reload is needed for first register */
|
|
if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
|
|
gv(rc2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* wrapper around RC_FRET to return a register by type */
|
|
int rc_fret(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
return RC_ST0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return RC_FRET;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* wrapper around REG_FRET to return a register by type */
|
|
int reg_fret(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
return TREG_ST0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return REG_FRET;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* expand long long on stack in two int registers */
|
|
void lexpand(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int u;
|
|
|
|
u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
gv(RC_INT);
|
|
vdup();
|
|
vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
|
vtop[0].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
|
vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
|
vtop[0].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
|
vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
|
/* expand long long on stack */
|
|
void lexpand_nr(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int u,v;
|
|
|
|
u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
vdup();
|
|
vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
|
v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
|
|
if (v == VT_CONST) {
|
|
vtop[-1].c.ui = vtop->c.ull;
|
|
vtop->c.ui = vtop->c.ull >> 32;
|
|
vtop->r = VT_CONST;
|
|
} else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
|
|
vtop->c.ui += 4;
|
|
vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
|
|
} else if (v > VT_CONST) {
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
} else
|
|
vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
|
vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
|
vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* build a long long from two ints */
|
|
void lbuild(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
|
|
vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
|
|
vtop[-1].type.t = t;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
|
|
I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
|
|
*/
|
|
void vrotb(int n)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
SValue tmp;
|
|
|
|
tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
|
|
for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
|
|
vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
|
|
vtop[0] = tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* rotate n first stack elements to the top
|
|
I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1) [top is right]
|
|
*/
|
|
void vrott(int n)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
SValue tmp;
|
|
|
|
tmp = vtop[0];
|
|
for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
|
|
vtop[-i] = vtop[-i - 1];
|
|
vtop[-n + 1] = tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
|
/* like vrott but in other direction
|
|
In ... I1 -> I(n-1) ... I1 In [top is right]
|
|
*/
|
|
void vnrott(int n)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
SValue tmp;
|
|
|
|
tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
|
|
for(i = n - 1; i > 0; i--)
|
|
vtop[-i] = vtop[-i + 1];
|
|
vtop[0] = tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* pop stack value */
|
|
void vpop(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int v;
|
|
v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
|
/* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
|
|
if (v == TREG_ST0 && !nocode_wanted) {
|
|
o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
|
|
/* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
|
|
gsym(vtop->c.ul);
|
|
}
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
|
|
register */
|
|
void gv_dup(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int rc, t, r, r1;
|
|
SValue sv;
|
|
|
|
t = vtop->type.t;
|
|
if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
gv_dup();
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
gv_dup();
|
|
vrotb(4);
|
|
/* stack: H L L1 H1 */
|
|
lbuild(t);
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
lbuild(t);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* duplicate value */
|
|
rc = RC_INT;
|
|
sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
if (is_float(t)) {
|
|
rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
rc = RC_ST0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
sv.type.t = t;
|
|
}
|
|
r = gv(rc);
|
|
r1 = get_reg(rc);
|
|
sv.r = r;
|
|
sv.c.ul = 0;
|
|
load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
|
|
vdup();
|
|
/* duplicates value */
|
|
vtop->r = r1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
/* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
|
|
void gen_opl(int op)
|
|
{
|
|
int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
|
|
int func;
|
|
unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
|
|
unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
|
|
SValue tmp;
|
|
|
|
switch(op) {
|
|
case '/':
|
|
case TOK_PDIV:
|
|
func = TOK___divdi3;
|
|
goto gen_func;
|
|
case TOK_UDIV:
|
|
func = TOK___udivdi3;
|
|
goto gen_func;
|
|
case '%':
|
|
func = TOK___moddi3;
|
|
goto gen_mod_func;
|
|
case TOK_UMOD:
|
|
func = TOK___umoddi3;
|
|
gen_mod_func:
|
|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
|
reg_iret = TREG_R2;
|
|
reg_lret = TREG_R3;
|
|
#endif
|
|
gen_func:
|
|
/* call generic long long function */
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
|
|
vrott(3);
|
|
gfunc_call(2);
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
vtop->r = reg_iret;
|
|
vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
|
|
break;
|
|
case '^':
|
|
case '&':
|
|
case '|':
|
|
case '*':
|
|
case '+':
|
|
case '-':
|
|
t = vtop->type.t;
|
|
vswap();
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
/* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
|
|
tmp = vtop[0];
|
|
vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
|
|
vtop[-3] = tmp;
|
|
tmp = vtop[-2];
|
|
vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
|
|
vtop[-3] = tmp;
|
|
vswap();
|
|
/* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
|
|
if (op == '*') {
|
|
vpushv(vtop - 1);
|
|
vpushv(vtop - 1);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
/* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
|
|
for(i=0;i<4;i++)
|
|
vrotb(6);
|
|
/* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
|
|
tmp = vtop[0];
|
|
vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
|
|
vtop[-2] = tmp;
|
|
/* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
|
|
gen_op('*');
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
gen_op('*');
|
|
/* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
} else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
|
|
/* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
|
|
if (op == '+')
|
|
op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
|
|
else
|
|
op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
|
|
gen_op(op1);
|
|
/* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
|
|
} else {
|
|
gen_op(op);
|
|
/* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
/* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
|
|
gen_op(op);
|
|
/* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
|
|
}
|
|
/* stack: L H */
|
|
lbuild(t);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_SAR:
|
|
case TOK_SHR:
|
|
case TOK_SHL:
|
|
if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
|
t = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
|
vswap();
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
/* stack: L H shift */
|
|
c = (int)vtop->c.i;
|
|
/* constant: simpler */
|
|
/* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
|
|
done by swaping words */
|
|
vpop();
|
|
if (op != TOK_SHL)
|
|
vswap();
|
|
if (c >= 32) {
|
|
/* stack: L H */
|
|
vpop();
|
|
if (c > 32) {
|
|
vpushi(c - 32);
|
|
gen_op(op);
|
|
}
|
|
if (op != TOK_SAR) {
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
gv_dup();
|
|
vpushi(31);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
|
}
|
|
vswap();
|
|
} else {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
gv_dup();
|
|
/* stack: H L L */
|
|
vpushi(c);
|
|
gen_op(op);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vpushi(32 - c);
|
|
if (op == TOK_SHL)
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SHR);
|
|
else
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
/* stack: L L H */
|
|
vpushi(c);
|
|
if (op == TOK_SHL)
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
|
else
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SHR);
|
|
gen_op('|');
|
|
}
|
|
if (op != TOK_SHL)
|
|
vswap();
|
|
lbuild(t);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
|
|
switch(op) {
|
|
case TOK_SAR:
|
|
func = TOK___ashrdi3;
|
|
goto gen_func;
|
|
case TOK_SHR:
|
|
func = TOK___lshrdi3;
|
|
goto gen_func;
|
|
case TOK_SHL:
|
|
func = TOK___ashldi3;
|
|
goto gen_func;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* compare operations */
|
|
t = vtop->type.t;
|
|
vswap();
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
/* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
|
|
tmp = vtop[-1];
|
|
vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
|
|
vtop[-2] = tmp;
|
|
/* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
|
|
/* compare high */
|
|
op1 = op;
|
|
/* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
|
|
the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
|
|
if (op1 == TOK_LT)
|
|
op1 = TOK_LE;
|
|
else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
|
|
op1 = TOK_GE;
|
|
else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
|
|
op1 = TOK_ULE;
|
|
else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
|
|
op1 = TOK_UGE;
|
|
a = 0;
|
|
b = 0;
|
|
gen_op(op1);
|
|
if (op1 != TOK_NE) {
|
|
a = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
if (op != TOK_EQ) {
|
|
/* generate non equal test */
|
|
/* XXX: NOT PORTABLE yet */
|
|
if (a == 0) {
|
|
b = gtst(0, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
|
|
b = psym(0x850f, 0);
|
|
#elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
|
|
b = ind;
|
|
o(0x1A000000 | encbranch(ind, 0, 1));
|
|
#elif defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
|
|
error("not implemented");
|
|
#else
|
|
#error not supported
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* compare low. Always unsigned */
|
|
op1 = op;
|
|
if (op1 == TOK_LT)
|
|
op1 = TOK_ULT;
|
|
else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
|
|
op1 = TOK_ULE;
|
|
else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
|
|
op1 = TOK_UGT;
|
|
else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
|
|
op1 = TOK_UGE;
|
|
gen_op(op1);
|
|
a = gtst(1, a);
|
|
gsym(b);
|
|
vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
|
|
independent opt */
|
|
void gen_opic(int op)
|
|
{
|
|
int c1, c2, t1, t2, n;
|
|
SValue *v1, *v2;
|
|
long long l1, l2;
|
|
typedef unsigned long long U;
|
|
|
|
v1 = vtop - 1;
|
|
v2 = vtop;
|
|
t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
|
|
if (t1 == VT_LLONG)
|
|
l1 = v1->c.ll;
|
|
else if (v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
l1 = v1->c.ui;
|
|
else
|
|
l1 = v1->c.i;
|
|
|
|
if (t2 == VT_LLONG)
|
|
l2 = v2->c.ll;
|
|
else if (v2->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
l2 = v2->c.ui;
|
|
else
|
|
l2 = v2->c.i;
|
|
|
|
/* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
|
|
c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
|
c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
|
if (c1 && c2) {
|
|
switch(op) {
|
|
case '+': l1 += l2; break;
|
|
case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
|
|
case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
|
|
case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
|
|
case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
|
|
case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_PDIV:
|
|
case '/':
|
|
case '%':
|
|
case TOK_UDIV:
|
|
case TOK_UMOD:
|
|
/* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
|
|
if (l2 == 0) {
|
|
if (const_wanted)
|
|
error("division by zero in constant");
|
|
goto general_case;
|
|
}
|
|
switch(op) {
|
|
default: l1 /= l2; break;
|
|
case '%': l1 %= l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_UDIV: l1 = (U)l1 / l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_UMOD: l1 = (U)l1 % l2; break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_SHR: l1 = (U)l1 >> l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_SAR: l1 >>= l2; break;
|
|
/* tests */
|
|
case TOK_ULT: l1 = (U)l1 < (U)l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_UGE: l1 = (U)l1 >= (U)l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_ULE: l1 = (U)l1 <= (U)l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_UGT: l1 = (U)l1 > (U)l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_LT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_GE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_LE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_GT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
|
|
/* logical */
|
|
case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
|
|
case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
|
|
default:
|
|
goto general_case;
|
|
}
|
|
v1->c.ll = l1;
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
|
|
if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
|
|
op == '|' || op == '*')) {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
|
|
l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
|
|
if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
|
|
op == TOK_PDIV) &&
|
|
l2 == 1) ||
|
|
((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
|
|
op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
|
|
l2 == 0) ||
|
|
(op == '&' &&
|
|
l2 == -1))) {
|
|
/* nothing to do */
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
} else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
|
|
/* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
|
|
if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
|
|
n = -1;
|
|
while (l2) {
|
|
l2 >>= 1;
|
|
n++;
|
|
}
|
|
vtop->c.ll = n;
|
|
if (op == '*')
|
|
op = TOK_SHL;
|
|
else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
|
|
op = TOK_SAR;
|
|
else
|
|
op = TOK_SHR;
|
|
}
|
|
goto general_case;
|
|
} else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
|
|
((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) ==
|
|
(VT_CONST | VT_SYM) ||
|
|
(vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
|
|
/* symbol + constant case */
|
|
if (op == '-')
|
|
l2 = -l2;
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
vtop->c.ll += l2;
|
|
} else {
|
|
general_case:
|
|
if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
|
/* call low level op generator */
|
|
if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG)
|
|
gen_opl(op);
|
|
else
|
|
gen_opi(op);
|
|
} else {
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
|
|
void gen_opif(int op)
|
|
{
|
|
int c1, c2;
|
|
SValue *v1, *v2;
|
|
long double f1, f2;
|
|
|
|
v1 = vtop - 1;
|
|
v2 = vtop;
|
|
/* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
|
|
c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
|
c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
|
if (c1 && c2) {
|
|
if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
|
|
f1 = v1->c.f;
|
|
f2 = v2->c.f;
|
|
} else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
|
f1 = v1->c.d;
|
|
f2 = v2->c.d;
|
|
} else {
|
|
f1 = v1->c.ld;
|
|
f2 = v2->c.ld;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
|
|
NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
|
|
if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
|
|
goto general_case;
|
|
|
|
switch(op) {
|
|
case '+': f1 += f2; break;
|
|
case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
|
|
case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
|
|
case '/':
|
|
if (f2 == 0.0) {
|
|
if (const_wanted)
|
|
error("division by zero in constant");
|
|
goto general_case;
|
|
}
|
|
f1 /= f2;
|
|
break;
|
|
/* XXX: also handles tests ? */
|
|
default:
|
|
goto general_case;
|
|
}
|
|
/* XXX: overflow test ? */
|
|
if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
|
|
v1->c.f = f1;
|
|
} else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
|
v1->c.d = f1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
v1->c.ld = f1;
|
|
}
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
} else {
|
|
general_case:
|
|
if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
|
gen_opf(op);
|
|
} else {
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int pointed_size(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
int align;
|
|
return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && p->c.i == 0) ||
|
|
((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.ll == 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
|
|
{
|
|
return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
|
|
bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* check types for comparison or substraction of pointers */
|
|
static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
|
|
{
|
|
CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
|
|
int bt1, bt2;
|
|
|
|
/* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
|
|
if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
|
|
return;
|
|
type1 = &p1->type;
|
|
type2 = &p2->type;
|
|
bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
/* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
|
|
if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
|
|
if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
|
|
warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
|
|
if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
|
|
type1 = pointed_type(type1);
|
|
} else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
|
|
goto invalid_operands;
|
|
|
|
if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
|
type2 = pointed_type(type2);
|
|
} else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
|
|
invalid_operands:
|
|
error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
|
|
}
|
|
if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
|
|
(type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
|
|
return;
|
|
tmp_type1 = *type1;
|
|
tmp_type2 = *type2;
|
|
tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
|
|
/* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
|
|
if (op == '-')
|
|
goto invalid_operands;
|
|
else
|
|
warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
|
|
void gen_op(int op)
|
|
{
|
|
int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
|
|
CType type1;
|
|
|
|
t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
|
t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
|
|
bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
|
|
if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
|
/* at least one operand is a pointer */
|
|
/* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
|
|
if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
|
|
check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
|
|
/* pointers are handled are unsigned */
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
t = VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
#else
|
|
t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
#endif
|
|
goto std_op;
|
|
}
|
|
/* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
|
|
if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
|
if (op != '-')
|
|
error("cannot use pointers here");
|
|
check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
|
|
/* XXX: check that types are compatible */
|
|
u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
|
|
gen_opic(op);
|
|
/* set to integer type */
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_LLONG;
|
|
#else
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
vpushi(u);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
|
|
if (op != '-' && op != '+')
|
|
error("cannot use pointers here");
|
|
/* Put pointer as first operand */
|
|
if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
swap(&t1, &t2);
|
|
}
|
|
type1 = vtop[-1].type;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
vpushll(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
|
|
#else
|
|
/* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
|
|
vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
|
|
#endif
|
|
gen_op('*');
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
/* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
|
|
generated, so no bound check */
|
|
if (do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
|
|
/* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
|
|
test bounds */
|
|
if (op == '-') {
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
gen_op('-');
|
|
}
|
|
gen_bounded_ptr_add();
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
gen_opic(op);
|
|
}
|
|
/* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
|
|
vtop->type = type1;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
|
|
/* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
|
|
if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
t = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
|
t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
t = VT_FLOAT;
|
|
}
|
|
/* floats can only be used for a few operations */
|
|
if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
|
|
(op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
|
|
error("invalid operands for binary operation");
|
|
goto std_op;
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
/* cast to biggest op */
|
|
t = VT_LLONG;
|
|
/* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
|
|
if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
|
(t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
|
t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
goto std_op;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* integer operations */
|
|
t = VT_INT;
|
|
/* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
|
|
if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
|
(t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
|
t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
std_op:
|
|
/* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
|
|
we modify them here */
|
|
if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
|
|
if (op == TOK_SAR)
|
|
op = TOK_SHR;
|
|
else if (op == '/')
|
|
op = TOK_UDIV;
|
|
else if (op == '%')
|
|
op = TOK_UMOD;
|
|
else if (op == TOK_LT)
|
|
op = TOK_ULT;
|
|
else if (op == TOK_GT)
|
|
op = TOK_UGT;
|
|
else if (op == TOK_LE)
|
|
op = TOK_ULE;
|
|
else if (op == TOK_GE)
|
|
op = TOK_UGE;
|
|
}
|
|
vswap();
|
|
type1.t = t;
|
|
gen_cast(&type1);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
/* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
|
|
an integer */
|
|
if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
|
|
type1.t = VT_INT;
|
|
gen_cast(&type1);
|
|
if (is_float(t))
|
|
gen_opif(op);
|
|
else
|
|
gen_opic(op);
|
|
if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
|
|
/* relationnal op: the result is an int */
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vtop->type.t = t;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
|
/* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
|
|
void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
|
|
(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
|
|
|
if (t == VT_FLOAT)
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
|
|
#if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
|
|
else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
|
|
#endif
|
|
else
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
|
|
vrott(2);
|
|
gfunc_call(1);
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
vtop->r = reg_fret(t);
|
|
} else {
|
|
gen_cvt_itof(t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
|
|
void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
int st;
|
|
|
|
if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
|
/* not handled natively */
|
|
st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
if (st == VT_FLOAT)
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
|
|
#if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
|
|
else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
|
|
#endif
|
|
else
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
|
|
vrott(2);
|
|
gfunc_call(1);
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
vtop->r = REG_IRET;
|
|
vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
|
|
} else {
|
|
gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* force char or short cast */
|
|
void force_charshort_cast(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
int bits, dbt;
|
|
dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
/* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
|
|
if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
|
|
bits = 8;
|
|
else
|
|
bits = 16;
|
|
if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
|
|
vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
|
|
gen_op('&');
|
|
} else {
|
|
bits = 32 - bits;
|
|
vpushi(bits);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
|
/* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
|
|
This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
|
|
and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
|
|
vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
vpushi(bits);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
|
|
static void gen_cast(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c, p;
|
|
|
|
/* special delayed cast for char/short */
|
|
/* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
|
|
be incorrect */
|
|
if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
|
|
vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
|
|
force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* bitfields first get cast to ints */
|
|
if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
|
gv(RC_INT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
|
sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
|
|
|
if (sbt != dbt) {
|
|
sf = is_float(sbt);
|
|
df = is_float(dbt);
|
|
c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
|
p = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM);
|
|
if (c) {
|
|
/* constant case: we can do it now */
|
|
/* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
|
|
if (sbt == VT_FLOAT)
|
|
vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.f;
|
|
else if (sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
|
|
vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.d;
|
|
|
|
if (df) {
|
|
if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ull;
|
|
else
|
|
vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ll;
|
|
} else if(!sf) {
|
|
if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ui;
|
|
else
|
|
vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dbt == VT_FLOAT)
|
|
vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
|
|
else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE)
|
|
vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
|
|
} else if (sf && dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
|
vtop->c.ull = (unsigned long long)vtop->c.ld;
|
|
} else if (sf && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
|
vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ld != 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if(sf)
|
|
vtop->c.ll = (long long)vtop->c.ld;
|
|
else if (sbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
|
vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ull;
|
|
else if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ui;
|
|
else if (sbt != VT_LLONG)
|
|
vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.i;
|
|
|
|
if (dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
|
vtop->c.ull = vtop->c.ll;
|
|
else if (dbt == VT_BOOL)
|
|
vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ll != 0);
|
|
else if (dbt != VT_LLONG) {
|
|
int s = 0;
|
|
if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)
|
|
s = 24;
|
|
else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT)
|
|
s = 16;
|
|
|
|
if(dbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
vtop->c.ui = ((unsigned int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
|
|
else
|
|
vtop->c.i = ((int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (p && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
|
vtop->r = VT_CONST;
|
|
vtop->c.i = 1;
|
|
} else if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
|
/* non constant case: generate code */
|
|
if (sf && df) {
|
|
/* convert from fp to fp */
|
|
gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
|
|
} else if (df) {
|
|
/* convert int to fp */
|
|
gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
|
|
} else if (sf) {
|
|
/* convert fp to int */
|
|
if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_NE);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
|
|
if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
|
|
dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
|
|
dbt != VT_LLONG)
|
|
dbt = VT_INT;
|
|
gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
|
|
if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
|
|
/* additional cast for char/short... */
|
|
vtop->type.t = dbt;
|
|
gen_cast(type);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
} else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
|
|
/* scalar to long long */
|
|
/* machine independent conversion */
|
|
gv(RC_INT);
|
|
/* generate high word */
|
|
if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
gv(RC_INT);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
|
|
/* cast from pointer to int before we apply
|
|
shift operation, which pointers don't support*/
|
|
gen_cast(&int_type);
|
|
}
|
|
gv_dup();
|
|
vpushi(31);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
|
}
|
|
/* patch second register */
|
|
vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
} else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ||
|
|
(dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR) {
|
|
/* XXX: not sure if this is perfect... need more tests */
|
|
if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
|
|
int r = gv(RC_INT);
|
|
if (sbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
|
|
sbt != VT_PTR && sbt != VT_FUNC) {
|
|
/* x86_64 specific: movslq */
|
|
o(0x6348);
|
|
o(0xc0 + (REG_VALUE(r) << 3) + REG_VALUE(r));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
|
/* scalar to bool */
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_NE);
|
|
} else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
|
|
(dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
|
|
if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
|
|
}
|
|
force_charshort_cast(dbt);
|
|
} else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
|
|
/* scalar to int */
|
|
if (sbt == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
/* from long long: just take low order word */
|
|
lexpand();
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
/* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
|
|
the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
|
|
VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
|
|
/* if we are casting between pointer types,
|
|
we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
|
|
vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
|
|
| (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
|
|
}
|
|
vtop->type = *type;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return type size. Put alignment at 'a' */
|
|
static int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
int bt;
|
|
|
|
bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
/* struct/union */
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
*a = s->r;
|
|
return s->c;
|
|
} else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
|
|
if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
|
int ts;
|
|
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
ts = type_size(&s->type, a);
|
|
|
|
if (ts < 0 && s->c < 0)
|
|
ts = -ts;
|
|
|
|
return ts * s->c;
|
|
} else {
|
|
*a = PTR_SIZE;
|
|
return PTR_SIZE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
*a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
|
|
return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
|
|
} else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
*a = 8;
|
|
#else
|
|
*a = 4;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
|
|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
|
*a = 8;
|
|
#else
|
|
*a = 4;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#else
|
|
*a = 8;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return 8;
|
|
} else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_ENUM || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
|
|
*a = 4;
|
|
return 4;
|
|
} else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
|
|
*a = 2;
|
|
return 2;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* char, void, function, _Bool */
|
|
*a = 1;
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return the pointed type of t */
|
|
static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
return &type->ref->type;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
|
|
static void mk_pointer(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
|
|
type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
|
|
type->ref = s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
|
|
static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
|
s1 = type1->ref;
|
|
s2 = type2->ref;
|
|
if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
/* check func_call */
|
|
if (FUNC_CALL(s1->r) != FUNC_CALL(s2->r))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
/* XXX: not complete */
|
|
if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
if (s1->c != s2->c)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
while (s1 != NULL) {
|
|
if (s2 == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
s1 = s1->next;
|
|
s2 = s2->next;
|
|
}
|
|
if (s2)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return true if type1 and type2 are the same. If unqualified is
|
|
true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
|
|
|
|
- enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
|
|
*/
|
|
static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
|
|
{
|
|
int bt1, t1, t2;
|
|
|
|
t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
|
|
t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
|
|
if (unqualified) {
|
|
/* strip qualifiers before comparing */
|
|
t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
}
|
|
/* XXX: bitfields ? */
|
|
if (t1 != t2)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
/* test more complicated cases */
|
|
bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
|
|
type1 = pointed_type(type1);
|
|
type2 = pointed_type(type2);
|
|
return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
|
|
} else {
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
|
|
qualifiers).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
|
{
|
|
return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
|
{
|
|
return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
|
|
printed in the type */
|
|
/* XXX: union */
|
|
/* XXX: add array and function pointers */
|
|
void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
|
CType *type, const char *varstr)
|
|
{
|
|
int bt, v, t;
|
|
Sym *s, *sa;
|
|
char buf1[256];
|
|
const char *tstr;
|
|
|
|
t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
|
|
bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
buf[0] = '\0';
|
|
if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
|
|
if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
|
|
if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
|
|
switch(bt) {
|
|
case VT_VOID:
|
|
tstr = "void";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_BOOL:
|
|
tstr = "_Bool";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_BYTE:
|
|
tstr = "char";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_SHORT:
|
|
tstr = "short";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_INT:
|
|
tstr = "int";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_LONG:
|
|
tstr = "long";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_LLONG:
|
|
tstr = "long long";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_FLOAT:
|
|
tstr = "float";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_DOUBLE:
|
|
tstr = "double";
|
|
goto add_tstr;
|
|
case VT_LDOUBLE:
|
|
tstr = "long double";
|
|
add_tstr:
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_ENUM:
|
|
case VT_STRUCT:
|
|
if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
|
|
tstr = "struct ";
|
|
else
|
|
tstr = "enum ";
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
|
|
v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
|
|
if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
|
|
else
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_FUNC:
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
|
|
sa = s->next;
|
|
while (sa != NULL) {
|
|
type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
|
|
sa = sa->next;
|
|
if (sa)
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
|
|
}
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
|
|
goto no_var;
|
|
case VT_PTR:
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
|
|
if (varstr)
|
|
pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
|
|
type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
|
|
goto no_var;
|
|
}
|
|
if (varstr) {
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
|
|
pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
|
|
}
|
|
no_var: ;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
|
|
casts if needed. */
|
|
static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
|
|
{
|
|
CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
|
|
char buf1[256], buf2[256];
|
|
int dbt, sbt;
|
|
|
|
st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
|
|
dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
|
|
warning("assignment of read-only location");
|
|
switch(dbt) {
|
|
case VT_PTR:
|
|
/* special cases for pointers */
|
|
/* '0' can also be a pointer */
|
|
if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
|
|
goto type_ok;
|
|
/* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
|
|
if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
|
|
warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
|
|
goto type_ok;
|
|
}
|
|
type1 = pointed_type(dt);
|
|
/* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
|
|
if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
|
|
!is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
else
|
|
goto type_ok;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sbt != VT_PTR)
|
|
goto error;
|
|
type2 = pointed_type(st);
|
|
if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
|
|
(type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
|
|
/* void * can match anything */
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* exact type match, except for unsigned */
|
|
tmp_type1 = *type1;
|
|
tmp_type2 = *type2;
|
|
tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2))
|
|
warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
|
|
}
|
|
/* check const and volatile */
|
|
if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
|
|
(!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
|
|
warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_BYTE:
|
|
case VT_SHORT:
|
|
case VT_INT:
|
|
case VT_LLONG:
|
|
if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
|
|
}
|
|
/* XXX: more tests */
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_STRUCT:
|
|
tmp_type1 = *dt;
|
|
tmp_type2 = *st;
|
|
tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
|
|
error:
|
|
type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
|
|
type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
|
|
error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
type_ok:
|
|
gen_cast(dt);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
|
|
void vstore(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
|
|
|
|
ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
|
sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
if (((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
|
|
(sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT)) {
|
|
/* optimize char/short casts */
|
|
delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
|
|
vtop->type.t = ft & (VT_TYPE & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT)));
|
|
/* XXX: factorize */
|
|
if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
|
|
warning("assignment of read-only location");
|
|
} else {
|
|
delayed_cast = 0;
|
|
if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
|
|
gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
/* if structure, only generate pointer */
|
|
/* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
|
|
/* XXX: optimize if small size */
|
|
if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
|
size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
|
if(!(align & 7))
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
|
|
else if(!(align & 3))
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy);
|
|
|
|
/* destination */
|
|
vpushv(vtop - 2);
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
/* source */
|
|
vpushv(vtop - 2);
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
/* type size */
|
|
vpushi(size);
|
|
gfunc_call(3);
|
|
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vpop();
|
|
} else {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
/* leave source on stack */
|
|
} else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
|
/* bitfield store handling */
|
|
bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
|
bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
|
|
/* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
|
|
vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
|
|
|
|
/* duplicate source into other register */
|
|
gv_dup();
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vrott(3);
|
|
|
|
if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL) {
|
|
gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
|
|
vtop[-1].type.t = (vtop[-1].type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | (VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* duplicate destination */
|
|
vdup();
|
|
vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
|
|
|
|
/* mask and shift source */
|
|
if((ft & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BOOL) {
|
|
if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
vpushll((1ULL << bit_size) - 1ULL);
|
|
} else {
|
|
vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
gen_op('&');
|
|
}
|
|
vpushi(bit_pos);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
|
/* load destination, mask and or with source */
|
|
vswap();
|
|
if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
vpushll(~(((1ULL << bit_size) - 1ULL) << bit_pos));
|
|
} else {
|
|
vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
|
|
}
|
|
gen_op('&');
|
|
gen_op('|');
|
|
/* store result */
|
|
vstore();
|
|
|
|
/* pop off shifted source from "duplicate source..." above */
|
|
vpop();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
/* bound check case */
|
|
if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
gbound();
|
|
vswap();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
|
rc = RC_INT;
|
|
if (is_float(ft)) {
|
|
rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
rc = RC_ST0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
r = gv(rc); /* generate value */
|
|
/* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
|
|
if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
|
|
SValue sv;
|
|
t = get_reg(RC_INT);
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
sv.type.t = VT_PTR;
|
|
#else
|
|
sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
|
sv.c.ul = vtop[-1].c.ul;
|
|
load(t, &sv);
|
|
vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
|
|
}
|
|
store(r, vtop - 1);
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
/* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 */
|
|
if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
vswap();
|
|
/* convert to int to increment easily */
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
vpushi(4);
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
|
|
vswap();
|
|
/* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
|
|
store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
|
|
vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
|
|
void inc(int post, int c)
|
|
{
|
|
test_lvalue();
|
|
vdup(); /* save lvalue */
|
|
if (post) {
|
|
gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
vrotb(3);
|
|
}
|
|
/* add constant */
|
|
vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
vstore(); /* store value */
|
|
if (post)
|
|
vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
|
|
extensions are recognized:
|
|
- aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
|
|
- packed : force data alignment to 1
|
|
- section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
|
|
- unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
|
|
- regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
|
|
{
|
|
int t, n;
|
|
|
|
while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
|
|
next();
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
while (tok != ')') {
|
|
if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
|
|
expect("attribute name");
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
switch(t) {
|
|
case TOK_SECTION1:
|
|
case TOK_SECTION2:
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
if (tok != TOK_STR)
|
|
expect("section name");
|
|
ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
|
|
next();
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_ALIGNED1:
|
|
case TOK_ALIGNED2:
|
|
if (tok == '(') {
|
|
next();
|
|
n = expr_const();
|
|
if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
|
|
error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
} else {
|
|
n = MAX_ALIGN;
|
|
}
|
|
ad->aligned = n;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_PACKED1:
|
|
case TOK_PACKED2:
|
|
ad->packed = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_UNUSED1:
|
|
case TOK_UNUSED2:
|
|
/* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
|
|
track unused objects */
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_NORETURN1:
|
|
case TOK_NORETURN2:
|
|
/* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
|
|
track unused objects */
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CDECL1:
|
|
case TOK_CDECL2:
|
|
case TOK_CDECL3:
|
|
FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_CDECL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_STDCALL1:
|
|
case TOK_STDCALL2:
|
|
case TOK_STDCALL3:
|
|
FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_STDCALL;
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
|
case TOK_REGPARM1:
|
|
case TOK_REGPARM2:
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
n = expr_const();
|
|
if (n > 3)
|
|
n = 3;
|
|
else if (n < 0)
|
|
n = 0;
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_FASTCALL1:
|
|
case TOK_FASTCALL2:
|
|
case TOK_FASTCALL3:
|
|
FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
|
|
FUNC_EXPORT(ad->func_attr) = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
|
|
warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
|
|
/* skip parameters */
|
|
if (tok == '(') {
|
|
int parenthesis = 0;
|
|
do {
|
|
if (tok == '(')
|
|
parenthesis++;
|
|
else if (tok == ')')
|
|
parenthesis--;
|
|
next();
|
|
} while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (tok != ',')
|
|
break;
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
|
|
static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
|
|
{
|
|
int a, v, size, align, maxalign, c, offset;
|
|
int bit_size, bit_pos, bsize, bt, lbit_pos, prevbt;
|
|
Sym *s, *ss, *ass, **ps;
|
|
AttributeDef ad;
|
|
CType type1, btype;
|
|
|
|
a = tok; /* save decl type */
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok != '{') {
|
|
v = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
/* struct already defined ? return it */
|
|
if (v < TOK_IDENT)
|
|
expect("struct/union/enum name");
|
|
s = struct_find(v);
|
|
if (s) {
|
|
if (s->type.t != a)
|
|
error("invalid type");
|
|
goto do_decl;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
v = anon_sym++;
|
|
}
|
|
type1.t = a;
|
|
/* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
|
|
s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
|
|
s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
|
|
/* put struct/union/enum name in type */
|
|
do_decl:
|
|
type->t = u;
|
|
type->ref = s;
|
|
|
|
if (tok == '{') {
|
|
next();
|
|
if (s->c != -1)
|
|
error("struct/union/enum already defined");
|
|
/* cannot be empty */
|
|
c = 0;
|
|
/* non empty enums are not allowed */
|
|
if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
v = tok;
|
|
if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
|
|
expect("identifier");
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok == '=') {
|
|
next();
|
|
c = expr_const();
|
|
}
|
|
/* enum symbols have static storage */
|
|
ss = sym_push(v, &int_type, VT_CONST, c);
|
|
ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
|
|
if (tok != ',')
|
|
break;
|
|
next();
|
|
c++;
|
|
/* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
|
|
if (tok == '}')
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
skip('}');
|
|
} else {
|
|
maxalign = 1;
|
|
ps = &s->next;
|
|
prevbt = VT_INT;
|
|
bit_pos = 0;
|
|
offset = 0;
|
|
while (tok != '}') {
|
|
parse_btype(&btype, &ad);
|
|
while (1) {
|
|
bit_size = -1;
|
|
v = 0;
|
|
type1 = btype;
|
|
if (tok != ':') {
|
|
type_decl(&type1, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
|
if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
|
expect("identifier");
|
|
if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
|
|
(type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
|
|
error("invalid type for '%s'",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
}
|
|
if (tok == ':') {
|
|
next();
|
|
bit_size = expr_const();
|
|
/* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
|
|
if (bit_size < 0)
|
|
error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
if (v && bit_size == 0)
|
|
error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
}
|
|
size = type_size(&type1, &align);
|
|
if (ad.aligned) {
|
|
if (align < ad.aligned)
|
|
align = ad.aligned;
|
|
} else if (ad.packed) {
|
|
align = 1;
|
|
} else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
|
|
if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
|
|
align = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
lbit_pos = 0;
|
|
if (bit_size >= 0) {
|
|
bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
if (bt != VT_INT &&
|
|
bt != VT_BYTE &&
|
|
bt != VT_SHORT &&
|
|
bt != VT_BOOL &&
|
|
bt != VT_ENUM &&
|
|
bt != VT_LLONG)
|
|
error("bitfields must have scalar type");
|
|
bsize = size * 8;
|
|
if (bit_size > bsize) {
|
|
error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
} else if (bit_size == bsize) {
|
|
/* no need for bit fields */
|
|
bit_pos = 0;
|
|
} else if (bit_size == 0) {
|
|
/* XXX: what to do if only padding in a
|
|
structure ? */
|
|
/* zero size: means to pad */
|
|
bit_pos = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* we do not have enough room ?
|
|
did the type change?
|
|
is it a union? */
|
|
if ((bit_pos + bit_size) > bsize ||
|
|
bt != prevbt || a == TOK_UNION)
|
|
bit_pos = 0;
|
|
lbit_pos = bit_pos;
|
|
/* XXX: handle LSB first */
|
|
type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD |
|
|
(bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
|
|
(bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
|
|
bit_pos += bit_size;
|
|
}
|
|
prevbt = bt;
|
|
} else {
|
|
bit_pos = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
/* add new memory data only if starting
|
|
bit field */
|
|
if (lbit_pos == 0) {
|
|
if (a == TOK_STRUCT) {
|
|
c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
|
|
offset = c;
|
|
if (size > 0)
|
|
c += size;
|
|
} else {
|
|
offset = 0;
|
|
if (size > c)
|
|
c = size;
|
|
}
|
|
if (align > maxalign)
|
|
maxalign = align;
|
|
}
|
|
#if 0
|
|
printf("add field %s offset=%d",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL), offset);
|
|
if (type1.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
|
printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
|
|
(type1.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
|
|
(type1.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
|
|
}
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
ass = type1.ref;
|
|
while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
|
|
ss = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, offset + ass->c);
|
|
*ps = ss;
|
|
ps = &ss->next;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (v) {
|
|
ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, offset);
|
|
*ps = ss;
|
|
ps = &ss->next;
|
|
}
|
|
if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
|
|
break;
|
|
skip(',');
|
|
}
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
}
|
|
skip('}');
|
|
/* store size and alignment */
|
|
s->c = (c + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
|
|
s->r = maxalign;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
|
|
and skip it.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
|
|
{
|
|
int t, u, type_found, typespec_found, typedef_found;
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
CType type1;
|
|
|
|
memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
|
type_found = 0;
|
|
typespec_found = 0;
|
|
typedef_found = 0;
|
|
t = 0;
|
|
while(1) {
|
|
switch(tok) {
|
|
case TOK_EXTENSION:
|
|
/* currently, we really ignore extension */
|
|
next();
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* basic types */
|
|
case TOK_CHAR:
|
|
u = VT_BYTE;
|
|
basic_type:
|
|
next();
|
|
basic_type1:
|
|
if ((t & VT_BTYPE) != 0)
|
|
error("too many basic types");
|
|
t |= u;
|
|
typespec_found = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_VOID:
|
|
u = VT_VOID;
|
|
goto basic_type;
|
|
case TOK_SHORT:
|
|
u = VT_SHORT;
|
|
goto basic_type;
|
|
case TOK_INT:
|
|
next();
|
|
typespec_found = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LONG:
|
|
next();
|
|
if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
|
t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
|
|
} else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
|
|
t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
|
|
} else {
|
|
u = VT_LONG;
|
|
goto basic_type1;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_BOOL:
|
|
u = VT_BOOL;
|
|
goto basic_type;
|
|
case TOK_FLOAT:
|
|
u = VT_FLOAT;
|
|
goto basic_type;
|
|
case TOK_DOUBLE:
|
|
next();
|
|
if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
|
|
t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
u = VT_DOUBLE;
|
|
goto basic_type1;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_ENUM:
|
|
struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
|
|
basic_type2:
|
|
u = type1.t;
|
|
type->ref = type1.ref;
|
|
goto basic_type1;
|
|
case TOK_STRUCT:
|
|
case TOK_UNION:
|
|
struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
|
|
goto basic_type2;
|
|
|
|
/* type modifiers */
|
|
case TOK_CONST1:
|
|
case TOK_CONST2:
|
|
case TOK_CONST3:
|
|
t |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_VOLATILE1:
|
|
case TOK_VOLATILE2:
|
|
case TOK_VOLATILE3:
|
|
t |= VT_VOLATILE;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_SIGNED1:
|
|
case TOK_SIGNED2:
|
|
case TOK_SIGNED3:
|
|
typespec_found = 1;
|
|
t |= VT_SIGNED;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_REGISTER:
|
|
case TOK_AUTO:
|
|
case TOK_RESTRICT1:
|
|
case TOK_RESTRICT2:
|
|
case TOK_RESTRICT3:
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_UNSIGNED:
|
|
t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
next();
|
|
typespec_found = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* storage */
|
|
case TOK_EXTERN:
|
|
t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_STATIC:
|
|
t |= VT_STATIC;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_TYPEDEF:
|
|
t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_INLINE1:
|
|
case TOK_INLINE2:
|
|
case TOK_INLINE3:
|
|
t |= VT_INLINE;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* GNUC attribute */
|
|
case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
|
|
case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
|
|
parse_attribute(ad);
|
|
break;
|
|
/* GNUC typeof */
|
|
case TOK_TYPEOF1:
|
|
case TOK_TYPEOF2:
|
|
case TOK_TYPEOF3:
|
|
next();
|
|
parse_expr_type(&type1);
|
|
goto basic_type2;
|
|
default:
|
|
if (typespec_found || typedef_found)
|
|
goto the_end;
|
|
s = sym_find(tok);
|
|
if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
|
|
goto the_end;
|
|
typedef_found = 1;
|
|
t |= (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF);
|
|
type->ref = s->type.ref;
|
|
next();
|
|
typespec_found = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
type_found = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
the_end:
|
|
if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
|
error("signed and unsigned modifier");
|
|
if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
|
|
if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
|
|
t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
}
|
|
t &= ~VT_SIGNED;
|
|
|
|
/* long is never used as type */
|
|
if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
|
|
#else
|
|
t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
|
|
#endif
|
|
type->t = t;
|
|
return type_found;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
|
|
function pointer) */
|
|
static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
|
|
{
|
|
/* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
|
|
to indicate a const function parameter */
|
|
pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
/* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
|
|
pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
|
|
if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
mk_pointer(pt);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
|
|
{
|
|
int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
|
|
Sym **plast, *s, *first;
|
|
AttributeDef ad1;
|
|
CType pt;
|
|
|
|
if (tok == '(') {
|
|
/* function declaration */
|
|
next();
|
|
l = 0;
|
|
first = NULL;
|
|
plast = &first;
|
|
arg_size = 0;
|
|
if (tok != ')') {
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
/* read param name and compute offset */
|
|
if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
|
|
if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
|
|
if (l) {
|
|
error("invalid type");
|
|
} else {
|
|
l = FUNC_OLD;
|
|
goto old_proto;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
l = FUNC_NEW;
|
|
if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
|
|
break;
|
|
type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
|
if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
|
|
error("parameter declared as void");
|
|
arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + 3) & ~3;
|
|
} else {
|
|
old_proto:
|
|
n = tok;
|
|
if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
|
|
expect("identifier");
|
|
pt.t = VT_INT;
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
convert_parameter_type(&pt);
|
|
s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
|
|
*plast = s;
|
|
plast = &s->next;
|
|
if (tok == ')')
|
|
break;
|
|
skip(',');
|
|
if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
|
|
l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
|
|
if (l == 0)
|
|
l = FUNC_OLD;
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
|
|
/* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
|
|
meaning in gcc / C++ */
|
|
type->t &= ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT);
|
|
post_type(type, ad);
|
|
/* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
|
|
FUNC_ARGS(ad->func_attr) = arg_size;
|
|
s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, ad->func_attr, l);
|
|
s->next = first;
|
|
type->t = t1 | VT_FUNC;
|
|
type->ref = s;
|
|
} else if (tok == '[') {
|
|
/* array definition */
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok == TOK_RESTRICT1)
|
|
next();
|
|
n = -1;
|
|
if (tok != ']') {
|
|
n = expr_const();
|
|
if (n < 0)
|
|
error("invalid array size");
|
|
}
|
|
skip(']');
|
|
/* parse next post type */
|
|
t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
|
|
type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
|
|
post_type(type, ad);
|
|
|
|
/* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the array
|
|
element type */
|
|
s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
|
|
type->t = t1 | VT_ARRAY | VT_PTR;
|
|
type->ref = s;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
|
|
in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
|
|
expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
|
|
attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
|
|
type_decl().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
CType type1, *type2;
|
|
int qualifiers;
|
|
|
|
while (tok == '*') {
|
|
qualifiers = 0;
|
|
redo:
|
|
next();
|
|
switch(tok) {
|
|
case TOK_CONST1:
|
|
case TOK_CONST2:
|
|
case TOK_CONST3:
|
|
qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
|
goto redo;
|
|
case TOK_VOLATILE1:
|
|
case TOK_VOLATILE2:
|
|
case TOK_VOLATILE3:
|
|
qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
|
|
goto redo;
|
|
case TOK_RESTRICT1:
|
|
case TOK_RESTRICT2:
|
|
case TOK_RESTRICT3:
|
|
goto redo;
|
|
}
|
|
mk_pointer(type);
|
|
type->t |= qualifiers;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
|
|
if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
|
|
parse_attribute(ad);
|
|
|
|
/* recursive type */
|
|
/* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
|
|
type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
|
|
if (tok == '(') {
|
|
next();
|
|
/* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
|
|
the syntax is not clear */
|
|
if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
|
|
parse_attribute(ad);
|
|
type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* type identifier */
|
|
if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
|
|
*v = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
|
|
expect("identifier");
|
|
*v = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
post_type(type, ad);
|
|
if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
|
|
parse_attribute(ad);
|
|
if (!type1.t)
|
|
return;
|
|
/* append type at the end of type1 */
|
|
type2 = &type1;
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
s = type2->ref;
|
|
type2 = &s->type;
|
|
if (!type2->t) {
|
|
*type2 = *type;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*type = type1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
|
|
static int lvalue_type(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
int bt, r;
|
|
r = VT_LVAL;
|
|
bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
|
|
r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
|
|
else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
|
|
r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
|
|
else
|
|
return r;
|
|
if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
|
|
static void indir(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
|
|
return;
|
|
expect("pointer");
|
|
}
|
|
if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !nocode_wanted)
|
|
gv(RC_INT);
|
|
vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
|
|
/* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
|
|
if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)
|
|
&& (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
|
vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
|
|
/* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
|
|
if (do_bounds_check)
|
|
vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
|
|
static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
|
|
{
|
|
int func_type;
|
|
CType type;
|
|
|
|
func_type = func->c;
|
|
if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
|
|
(func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
|
|
/* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
|
|
type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
|
gen_cast(&type);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (arg == NULL) {
|
|
error("too many arguments to function");
|
|
} else {
|
|
type = arg->type;
|
|
type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
|
|
gen_assign_cast(&type);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
|
|
type */
|
|
static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
int n;
|
|
AttributeDef ad;
|
|
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
|
|
type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
|
} else {
|
|
expr_type(type);
|
|
}
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void parse_type(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
AttributeDef ad;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
|
|
expect("type");
|
|
}
|
|
type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void vpush_tokc(int t)
|
|
{
|
|
CType type;
|
|
type.t = t;
|
|
vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void unary(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int n, t, align, size, r;
|
|
CType type;
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
AttributeDef ad;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
|
|
better here */
|
|
tok_next:
|
|
switch(tok) {
|
|
case TOK_EXTENSION:
|
|
next();
|
|
goto tok_next;
|
|
case TOK_CINT:
|
|
case TOK_CCHAR:
|
|
case TOK_LCHAR:
|
|
vpushi(tokc.i);
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CUINT:
|
|
vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CLLONG:
|
|
vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CULLONG:
|
|
vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CFLOAT:
|
|
vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CDOUBLE:
|
|
vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
|
|
vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK___FUNCTION__:
|
|
if (!gnu_ext)
|
|
goto tok_identifier;
|
|
/* fall thru */
|
|
case TOK___FUNC__:
|
|
{
|
|
void *ptr;
|
|
int len;
|
|
/* special function name identifier */
|
|
len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
|
|
/* generate char[len] type */
|
|
type.t = VT_BYTE;
|
|
mk_pointer(&type);
|
|
type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
|
|
type.ref->c = len;
|
|
vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
|
|
ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
|
|
memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LSTR:
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
#else
|
|
t = VT_INT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
goto str_init;
|
|
case TOK_STR:
|
|
/* string parsing */
|
|
t = VT_BYTE;
|
|
str_init:
|
|
if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
|
|
t |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
|
type.t = t;
|
|
mk_pointer(&type);
|
|
type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
|
|
memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
|
decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
|
|
break;
|
|
case '(':
|
|
next();
|
|
/* cast ? */
|
|
if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
|
|
type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
/* check ISOC99 compound literal */
|
|
if (tok == '{') {
|
|
/* data is allocated locally by default */
|
|
if (global_expr)
|
|
r = VT_CONST;
|
|
else
|
|
r = VT_LOCAL;
|
|
/* all except arrays are lvalues */
|
|
if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
|
|
r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
|
|
memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
|
decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
unary();
|
|
gen_cast(&type);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (tok == '{') {
|
|
/* save all registers */
|
|
save_regs(0);
|
|
/* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
|
|
inside as GCC does */
|
|
block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 1);
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
} else {
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case '*':
|
|
next();
|
|
unary();
|
|
indir();
|
|
break;
|
|
case '&':
|
|
next();
|
|
unary();
|
|
/* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
|
|
except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
|
|
functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
|
|
there and in function calls. */
|
|
/* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
|
|
!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
|
|
test_lvalue();
|
|
mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
break;
|
|
case '!':
|
|
next();
|
|
unary();
|
|
if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
|
CType boolean;
|
|
boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
|
|
gen_cast(&boolean);
|
|
vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
|
|
} else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
|
|
vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i ^ 1;
|
|
else {
|
|
save_regs(1);
|
|
vseti(VT_JMP, gtst(1, 0));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case '~':
|
|
next();
|
|
unary();
|
|
vpushi(-1);
|
|
gen_op('^');
|
|
break;
|
|
case '+':
|
|
next();
|
|
/* in order to force cast, we add zero */
|
|
unary();
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
|
|
error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_SIZEOF:
|
|
case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
|
|
case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok == '(') {
|
|
parse_expr_type(&type);
|
|
} else {
|
|
unary_type(&type);
|
|
}
|
|
size = type_size(&type, &align);
|
|
if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
|
|
if (size < 0)
|
|
error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
|
|
vpushi(size);
|
|
} else {
|
|
vpushi(align);
|
|
}
|
|
vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
|
|
{
|
|
CType type1, type2;
|
|
next();
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
parse_type(&type1);
|
|
skip(',');
|
|
parse_type(&type2);
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
|
vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
|
|
{
|
|
int saved_nocode_wanted, res;
|
|
next();
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
|
nocode_wanted = 1;
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
vpushi(res);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_builtin_frame_address:
|
|
{
|
|
CType type;
|
|
next();
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
|
|
error("__builtin_frame_address only takes integers");
|
|
}
|
|
if (tokc.i != 0) {
|
|
error("TCC only supports __builtin_frame_address(0)");
|
|
}
|
|
next();
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
type.t = VT_VOID;
|
|
mk_pointer(&type);
|
|
vset(&type, VT_LOCAL, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
case TOK_builtin_malloc:
|
|
tok = TOK_malloc;
|
|
goto tok_identifier;
|
|
case TOK_builtin_free:
|
|
tok = TOK_free;
|
|
goto tok_identifier;
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TOK_INC:
|
|
case TOK_DEC:
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
unary();
|
|
inc(0, t);
|
|
break;
|
|
case '-':
|
|
next();
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
unary();
|
|
gen_op('-');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TOK_LAND:
|
|
if (!gnu_ext)
|
|
goto tok_identifier;
|
|
next();
|
|
/* allow to take the address of a label */
|
|
if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
|
expect("label identifier");
|
|
s = label_find(tok);
|
|
if (!s) {
|
|
s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
|
|
s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!s->type.t) {
|
|
s->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
|
mk_pointer(&s->type);
|
|
s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
|
|
}
|
|
vset(&s->type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
|
|
vtop->sym = s;
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
tok_identifier:
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
|
|
expect("identifier");
|
|
s = sym_find(t);
|
|
if (!s) {
|
|
if (tok != '(')
|
|
error("'%s' undeclared", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
|
|
/* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
|
|
external reference to int() function */
|
|
if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration)
|
|
warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'",
|
|
get_tok_str(t, NULL));
|
|
s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
if ((s->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_BTYPE)) ==
|
|
(VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_FUNC)) {
|
|
/* if referencing an inline function, then we generate a
|
|
symbol to it if not already done. It will have the
|
|
effect to generate code for it at the end of the
|
|
compilation unit. Inline function as always
|
|
generated in the text section. */
|
|
if (!s->c)
|
|
put_extern_sym(s, text_section, 0, 0);
|
|
r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
|
|
} else {
|
|
r = s->r;
|
|
}
|
|
vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
|
|
/* if forward reference, we must point to s */
|
|
if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
|
|
vtop->sym = s;
|
|
vtop->c.ul = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* post operations */
|
|
while (1) {
|
|
if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
|
|
inc(1, tok);
|
|
next();
|
|
} else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW) {
|
|
/* field */
|
|
if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
|
|
indir();
|
|
test_lvalue();
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
next();
|
|
/* expect pointer on structure */
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
|
expect("struct or union");
|
|
s = vtop->type.ref;
|
|
/* find field */
|
|
tok |= SYM_FIELD;
|
|
while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
|
|
if (s->v == tok)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!s)
|
|
error("field not found: %s", get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
|
|
/* add field offset to pointer */
|
|
vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
|
|
vpushi(s->c);
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
/* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
|
|
vtop->type = s->type;
|
|
/* an array is never an lvalue */
|
|
if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
|
vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
|
|
/* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
|
|
if (do_bounds_check)
|
|
vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
next();
|
|
} else if (tok == '[') {
|
|
next();
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
gen_op('+');
|
|
indir();
|
|
skip(']');
|
|
} else if (tok == '(') {
|
|
SValue ret;
|
|
Sym *sa;
|
|
int nb_args;
|
|
|
|
/* function call */
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
|
/* pointer test (no array accepted) */
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
|
|
vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
|
goto error_func;
|
|
} else {
|
|
error_func:
|
|
expect("function pointer");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
|
|
}
|
|
/* get return type */
|
|
s = vtop->type.ref;
|
|
next();
|
|
sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
|
|
nb_args = 0;
|
|
ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
|
|
/* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
|
|
if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
/* get some space for the returned structure */
|
|
size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
|
|
loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
|
ret.type = s->type;
|
|
ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
|
/* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
|
|
problems */
|
|
vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
|
|
ret.c = vtop->c;
|
|
nb_args++;
|
|
} else {
|
|
ret.type = s->type;
|
|
/* return in register */
|
|
if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
|
|
ret.r = reg_fret(ret.type.t);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
|
ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
|
|
ret.r = REG_IRET;
|
|
}
|
|
ret.c.i = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (tok != ')') {
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
|
|
nb_args++;
|
|
if (sa)
|
|
sa = sa->next;
|
|
if (tok == ')')
|
|
break;
|
|
skip(',');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (sa)
|
|
error("too few arguments to function");
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
if (!nocode_wanted) {
|
|
gfunc_call(nb_args);
|
|
} else {
|
|
vtop -= (nb_args + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
/* return value */
|
|
vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
|
|
vtop->r2 = ret.r2;
|
|
} else {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void uneq(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
unary();
|
|
if (tok == '=' ||
|
|
(tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
|
|
tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
|
|
tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
|
|
test_lvalue();
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
if (t == '=') {
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
} else {
|
|
vdup();
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
gen_op(t & 0x7f);
|
|
}
|
|
vstore();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_prod(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
uneq();
|
|
while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
uneq();
|
|
gen_op(t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_sum(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
expr_prod();
|
|
while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_prod();
|
|
gen_op(t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_shift(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
expr_sum();
|
|
while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_sum();
|
|
gen_op(t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_cmp(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
expr_shift();
|
|
while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
|
|
tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_shift();
|
|
gen_op(t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_cmpeq(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
expr_cmp();
|
|
while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_cmp();
|
|
gen_op(t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_and(void)
|
|
{
|
|
expr_cmpeq();
|
|
while (tok == '&') {
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_cmpeq();
|
|
gen_op('&');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_xor(void)
|
|
{
|
|
expr_and();
|
|
while (tok == '^') {
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_and();
|
|
gen_op('^');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_or(void)
|
|
{
|
|
expr_xor();
|
|
while (tok == '|') {
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_xor();
|
|
gen_op('|');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: fix this mess */
|
|
static void expr_land_const(void)
|
|
{
|
|
expr_or();
|
|
while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_or();
|
|
gen_op(TOK_LAND);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: fix this mess */
|
|
static void expr_lor_const(void)
|
|
{
|
|
expr_land_const();
|
|
while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_land_const();
|
|
gen_op(TOK_LOR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* only used if non constant */
|
|
static void expr_land(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
expr_or();
|
|
if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
|
|
t = 0;
|
|
save_regs(1);
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
t = gtst(1, t);
|
|
if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
|
|
vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_or();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void expr_lor(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int t;
|
|
|
|
expr_land();
|
|
if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
|
|
t = 0;
|
|
save_regs(1);
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
t = gtst(0, t);
|
|
if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
|
|
vseti(VT_JMP, t);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
next();
|
|
expr_land();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: better constant handling */
|
|
static void expr_eq(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2;
|
|
SValue sv;
|
|
CType type, type1, type2;
|
|
|
|
if (const_wanted) {
|
|
expr_lor_const();
|
|
if (tok == '?') {
|
|
CType boolean;
|
|
int c;
|
|
boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
|
|
vdup();
|
|
gen_cast(&boolean);
|
|
c = vtop->c.i;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok != ':' || !gnu_ext) {
|
|
vpop();
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
}
|
|
if (!c)
|
|
vpop();
|
|
skip(':');
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
if (c)
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
expr_lor();
|
|
if (tok == '?') {
|
|
next();
|
|
if (vtop != vstack) {
|
|
/* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
|
|
each branch */
|
|
if (is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
|
|
rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
rc = RC_ST0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
rc = RC_INT;
|
|
gv(rc);
|
|
save_regs(1);
|
|
}
|
|
if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
|
|
gv_dup();
|
|
tt = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
tt = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
}
|
|
type1 = vtop->type;
|
|
sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
|
|
vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
|
|
skip(':');
|
|
u = gjmp(0);
|
|
gsym(tt);
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
type2 = vtop->type;
|
|
|
|
t1 = type1.t;
|
|
bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
t2 = type2.t;
|
|
bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
/* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
|
|
if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
|
|
if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
|
type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
type.t = VT_FLOAT;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
/* cast to biggest op */
|
|
type.t = VT_LLONG;
|
|
/* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
|
|
if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
|
(t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
|
type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
|
/* XXX: test pointer compatibility */
|
|
type = type1;
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
/* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
|
|
type = type1;
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
/* XXX: test structure compatibility */
|
|
type = type1;
|
|
} else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
|
|
/* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
|
|
type.t = VT_VOID;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* integer operations */
|
|
type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
/* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
|
|
if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
|
(t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
|
type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* now we convert second operand */
|
|
gen_cast(&type);
|
|
if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
rc = RC_INT;
|
|
if (is_float(type.t)) {
|
|
rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
|
rc = RC_ST0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
|
/* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
|
|
to handle a complicated move */
|
|
rc = RC_IRET;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
r2 = gv(rc);
|
|
/* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
|
|
operand */
|
|
tt = gjmp(0);
|
|
gsym(u);
|
|
/* put again first value and cast it */
|
|
*vtop = sv;
|
|
gen_cast(&type);
|
|
if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
|
gaddrof();
|
|
r1 = gv(rc);
|
|
move_reg(r2, r1);
|
|
vtop->r = r2;
|
|
gsym(tt);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void gexpr(void)
|
|
{
|
|
while (1) {
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
if (tok != ',')
|
|
break;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
|
|
static void expr_type(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
int saved_nocode_wanted;
|
|
|
|
saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
|
nocode_wanted = 1;
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
*type = vtop->type;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
|
|
effect. */
|
|
static void unary_type(CType *type)
|
|
{
|
|
int a;
|
|
|
|
a = nocode_wanted;
|
|
nocode_wanted = 1;
|
|
unary();
|
|
*type = vtop->type;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
nocode_wanted = a;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop. */
|
|
static void expr_const1(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int a;
|
|
a = const_wanted;
|
|
const_wanted = 1;
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
const_wanted = a;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
|
|
static int expr_const(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int c;
|
|
expr_const1();
|
|
if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
|
|
expect("constant expression");
|
|
c = vtop->c.i;
|
|
vpop();
|
|
return c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
|
|
return zero */
|
|
static int is_label(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int last_tok;
|
|
|
|
/* fast test first */
|
|
if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
/* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
|
|
last_tok = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok == ':') {
|
|
next();
|
|
return last_tok;
|
|
} else {
|
|
unget_tok(last_tok);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
|
|
int case_reg, int is_expr)
|
|
{
|
|
int a, b, c, d;
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
|
|
/* generate line number info */
|
|
if (do_debug &&
|
|
(last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
|
|
put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
|
|
last_ind = ind;
|
|
last_line_num = file->line_num;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (is_expr) {
|
|
/* default return value is (void) */
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (tok == TOK_IF) {
|
|
/* if test */
|
|
next();
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
a = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
|
c = tok;
|
|
if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
|
|
next();
|
|
d = gjmp(0);
|
|
gsym(a);
|
|
block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
|
gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
|
|
} else
|
|
gsym(a);
|
|
} else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
|
|
next();
|
|
d = ind;
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
a = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
b = 0;
|
|
block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
|
gjmp_addr(d);
|
|
gsym(a);
|
|
gsym_addr(b, d);
|
|
} else if (tok == '{') {
|
|
Sym *llabel;
|
|
|
|
next();
|
|
/* record local declaration stack position */
|
|
s = local_stack;
|
|
llabel = local_label_stack;
|
|
/* handle local labels declarations */
|
|
if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
|
|
next();
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
|
expect("label identifier");
|
|
label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok == ',') {
|
|
next();
|
|
} else {
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
while (tok != '}') {
|
|
decl(VT_LOCAL);
|
|
if (tok != '}') {
|
|
if (is_expr)
|
|
vpop();
|
|
block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* pop locally defined labels */
|
|
label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
|
|
/* pop locally defined symbols */
|
|
if(is_expr) {
|
|
/* XXX: this solution makes only valgrind happy...
|
|
triggered by gcc.c-torture/execute/20000917-1.c */
|
|
Sym *p;
|
|
switch(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) {
|
|
case VT_PTR:
|
|
case VT_STRUCT:
|
|
case VT_ENUM:
|
|
case VT_FUNC:
|
|
for(p=vtop->type.ref;p;p=p->prev)
|
|
if(p->prev==s)
|
|
error("unsupported expression type");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
|
|
next();
|
|
} else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok != ';') {
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
|
|
if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
|
CType type;
|
|
/* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
|
|
first pointer arg location */
|
|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
|
int align, size;
|
|
size = type_size(&func_vt,&align);
|
|
if(size <= 4)
|
|
{
|
|
if((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) || (vtop->c.i & 3))
|
|
&& (align & 3))
|
|
{
|
|
int addr;
|
|
loc = (loc - size) & -4;
|
|
addr = loc;
|
|
type = func_vt;
|
|
vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vstore();
|
|
vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
|
|
}
|
|
vtop->type = int_type;
|
|
gv(RC_IRET);
|
|
} else {
|
|
#endif
|
|
type = func_vt;
|
|
mk_pointer(&type);
|
|
vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
|
|
indir();
|
|
vswap();
|
|
/* copy structure value to pointer */
|
|
vstore();
|
|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else if (is_float(func_vt.t)) {
|
|
gv(rc_fret(func_vt.t));
|
|
} else {
|
|
gv(RC_IRET);
|
|
}
|
|
vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
|
|
}
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
rsym = gjmp(rsym); /* jmp */
|
|
} else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
|
|
/* compute jump */
|
|
if (!bsym)
|
|
error("cannot break");
|
|
*bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
|
|
next();
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
} else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
|
|
/* compute jump */
|
|
if (!csym)
|
|
error("cannot continue");
|
|
*csym = gjmp(*csym);
|
|
next();
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
} else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
|
|
int e;
|
|
next();
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
if (tok != ';') {
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
d = ind;
|
|
c = ind;
|
|
a = 0;
|
|
b = 0;
|
|
if (tok != ';') {
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
a = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
if (tok != ')') {
|
|
e = gjmp(0);
|
|
c = ind;
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
vpop();
|
|
gjmp_addr(d);
|
|
gsym(e);
|
|
}
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
|
gjmp_addr(c);
|
|
gsym(a);
|
|
gsym_addr(b, c);
|
|
} else
|
|
if (tok == TOK_DO) {
|
|
next();
|
|
a = 0;
|
|
b = 0;
|
|
d = ind;
|
|
block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
|
|
skip(TOK_WHILE);
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
gsym(b);
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
c = gtst(0, 0);
|
|
gsym_addr(c, d);
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
gsym(a);
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
} else
|
|
if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
|
|
next();
|
|
skip('(');
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
/* XXX: other types than integer */
|
|
case_reg = gv(RC_INT);
|
|
vpop();
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
a = 0;
|
|
b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
|
|
c = 0;
|
|
block(&a, csym, &b, &c, case_reg, 0);
|
|
/* if no default, jmp after switch */
|
|
if (c == 0)
|
|
c = ind;
|
|
/* default label */
|
|
gsym_addr(b, c);
|
|
/* break label */
|
|
gsym(a);
|
|
} else
|
|
if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
|
|
int v1, v2;
|
|
if (!case_sym)
|
|
expect("switch");
|
|
next();
|
|
v1 = expr_const();
|
|
v2 = v1;
|
|
if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
|
|
next();
|
|
v2 = expr_const();
|
|
if (v2 < v1)
|
|
warning("empty case range");
|
|
}
|
|
/* since a case is like a label, we must skip it with a jmp */
|
|
b = gjmp(0);
|
|
gsym(*case_sym);
|
|
vseti(case_reg, 0);
|
|
vpushi(v1);
|
|
if (v1 == v2) {
|
|
gen_op(TOK_EQ);
|
|
*case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
gen_op(TOK_GE);
|
|
*case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
|
|
vseti(case_reg, 0);
|
|
vpushi(v2);
|
|
gen_op(TOK_LE);
|
|
*case_sym = gtst(1, *case_sym);
|
|
}
|
|
gsym(b);
|
|
skip(':');
|
|
is_expr = 0;
|
|
goto block_after_label;
|
|
} else
|
|
if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
|
|
next();
|
|
skip(':');
|
|
if (!def_sym)
|
|
expect("switch");
|
|
if (*def_sym)
|
|
error("too many 'default'");
|
|
*def_sym = ind;
|
|
is_expr = 0;
|
|
goto block_after_label;
|
|
} else
|
|
if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
|
|
/* computed goto */
|
|
next();
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
|
|
expect("pointer");
|
|
ggoto();
|
|
} else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
|
|
s = label_find(tok);
|
|
/* put forward definition if needed */
|
|
if (!s) {
|
|
s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
|
|
s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
|
|
}
|
|
/* label already defined */
|
|
if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
|
|
s->next = (void *)gjmp((long)s->next);
|
|
else
|
|
gjmp_addr((long)s->next);
|
|
next();
|
|
} else {
|
|
expect("label identifier");
|
|
}
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
} else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
|
|
asm_instr();
|
|
} else {
|
|
b = is_label();
|
|
if (b) {
|
|
/* label case */
|
|
s = label_find(b);
|
|
if (s) {
|
|
if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
|
|
error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
|
|
gsym((long)s->next);
|
|
s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
|
|
} else {
|
|
s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
|
|
}
|
|
s->next = (void *)ind;
|
|
/* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
|
|
block_after_label:
|
|
if (tok == '}') {
|
|
warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (is_expr)
|
|
vpop();
|
|
block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* expression case */
|
|
if (tok != ';') {
|
|
if (is_expr) {
|
|
vpop();
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
} else {
|
|
gexpr();
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
|
|
address. cur_index/cur_field is the pointer to the current
|
|
value. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
|
|
in arrays) */
|
|
static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
|
int *cur_index, Sym **cur_field,
|
|
int size_only)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s, *f;
|
|
int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
|
|
CType type1;
|
|
|
|
notfirst = 0;
|
|
elem_size = 0;
|
|
nb_elems = 1;
|
|
if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
|
|
goto struct_field;
|
|
while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
|
|
if (tok == '[') {
|
|
if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
|
|
expect("array type");
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
next();
|
|
index = expr_const();
|
|
if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
|
|
expect("invalid index");
|
|
if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
|
|
next();
|
|
index_last = expr_const();
|
|
if (index_last < 0 ||
|
|
(s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
|
|
index_last < index)
|
|
expect("invalid index");
|
|
} else {
|
|
index_last = index;
|
|
}
|
|
skip(']');
|
|
if (!notfirst)
|
|
*cur_index = index_last;
|
|
type = pointed_type(type);
|
|
elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
|
|
c += index * elem_size;
|
|
/* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
|
|
nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
|
|
if (nb_elems != 1) {
|
|
notfirst = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
next();
|
|
l = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
struct_field:
|
|
if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
|
expect("struct/union type");
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
l |= SYM_FIELD;
|
|
f = s->next;
|
|
while (f) {
|
|
if (f->v == l)
|
|
break;
|
|
f = f->next;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!f)
|
|
expect("field");
|
|
if (!notfirst)
|
|
*cur_field = f;
|
|
/* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
|
|
type1 = f->type;
|
|
type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
|
|
type = &type1;
|
|
c += f->c;
|
|
}
|
|
notfirst = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (notfirst) {
|
|
if (tok == '=') {
|
|
next();
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!gnu_ext)
|
|
expect("=");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
|
index = *cur_index;
|
|
type = pointed_type(type);
|
|
c += index * type_size(type, &align);
|
|
} else {
|
|
f = *cur_field;
|
|
if (!f)
|
|
error("too many field init");
|
|
/* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
|
|
type1 = f->type;
|
|
type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
|
|
type = &type1;
|
|
c += f->c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: make it more general */
|
|
if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
|
|
unsigned long c_end;
|
|
uint8_t *src, *dst;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (!sec)
|
|
error("range init not supported yet for dynamic storage");
|
|
c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
|
|
if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
|
|
section_realloc(sec, c_end);
|
|
src = sec->data + c;
|
|
dst = src;
|
|
for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
|
|
dst += elem_size;
|
|
memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define EXPR_VAL 0
|
|
#define EXPR_CONST 1
|
|
#define EXPR_ANY 2
|
|
|
|
/* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
|
|
static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
|
int v, int expr_type)
|
|
{
|
|
int saved_global_expr, bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
|
|
void *ptr;
|
|
unsigned long long bit_mask;
|
|
CType dtype;
|
|
|
|
switch(expr_type) {
|
|
case EXPR_VAL:
|
|
vpushi(v);
|
|
break;
|
|
case EXPR_CONST:
|
|
/* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
|
|
saved_global_expr = global_expr;
|
|
global_expr = 1;
|
|
expr_const1();
|
|
global_expr = saved_global_expr;
|
|
/* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
|
|
if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST)
|
|
error("initializer element is not constant");
|
|
break;
|
|
case EXPR_ANY:
|
|
expr_eq();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dtype = *type;
|
|
dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
|
|
|
|
if (sec) {
|
|
/* XXX: not portable */
|
|
/* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
|
|
gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
|
|
bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
|
/* we'll write at most 12 bytes */
|
|
if (c + 12 > sec->data_allocated) {
|
|
section_realloc(sec, c + 12);
|
|
}
|
|
ptr = sec->data + c;
|
|
/* XXX: make code faster ? */
|
|
if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
|
|
bit_pos = 0;
|
|
bit_size = 32;
|
|
bit_mask = -1LL;
|
|
} else {
|
|
bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
|
|
bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
|
|
bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
|
|
(bt == VT_BYTE ||
|
|
bt == VT_SHORT ||
|
|
bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
|
|
bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
|
|
bt == VT_LLONG ||
|
|
(bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)))
|
|
error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
|
|
switch(bt) {
|
|
case VT_BOOL:
|
|
vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
|
|
case VT_BYTE:
|
|
*(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_SHORT:
|
|
*(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_DOUBLE:
|
|
*(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_LDOUBLE:
|
|
*(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
|
|
break;
|
|
case VT_LLONG:
|
|
*(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.ll & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
|
|
greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_32);
|
|
}
|
|
*(int *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
vtop--;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
|
|
vswap();
|
|
vstore();
|
|
vpop();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* put zeros for variable based init */
|
|
static void init_putz(CType *t, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sec) {
|
|
/* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
|
|
} else {
|
|
vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
|
|
vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
|
|
vpushi(0);
|
|
vpushi(size);
|
|
gfunc_call(3);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
|
|
object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
|
|
allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
|
|
dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
|
|
size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
|
|
static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
|
int first, int size_only)
|
|
{
|
|
int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, i;
|
|
int size1, align1, expr_type;
|
|
Sym *s, *f;
|
|
CType *t1;
|
|
|
|
if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
n = s->c;
|
|
array_length = 0;
|
|
t1 = pointed_type(type);
|
|
size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
|
|
|
|
no_oblock = 1;
|
|
if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
|
|
tok == '{') {
|
|
skip('{');
|
|
no_oblock = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
|
|
them as ((w)char *) expressions */
|
|
if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
(t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
|
#else
|
|
(t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
|
|
#endif
|
|
) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
|
|
while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
|
|
int cstr_len, ch;
|
|
CString *cstr;
|
|
|
|
cstr = tokc.cstr;
|
|
/* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
|
|
if (tok == TOK_STR)
|
|
cstr_len = cstr->size;
|
|
else
|
|
cstr_len = cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
|
|
cstr_len--;
|
|
nb = cstr_len;
|
|
if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
|
|
nb = n - array_length;
|
|
if (!size_only) {
|
|
if (cstr_len > nb)
|
|
warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
|
|
/* in order to go faster for common case (char
|
|
string in global variable, we handle it
|
|
specifically */
|
|
if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
|
|
memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, cstr->data, nb);
|
|
} else {
|
|
for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
|
|
if (tok == TOK_STR)
|
|
ch = ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i];
|
|
else
|
|
ch = ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i];
|
|
init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1,
|
|
ch, EXPR_VAL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
array_length += nb;
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
/* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
|
|
warning in this case since it is standard) */
|
|
if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
|
|
if (!size_only) {
|
|
init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1), 0, EXPR_VAL);
|
|
}
|
|
array_length++;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
while (tok != '}') {
|
|
decl_designator(type, sec, c, &index, NULL, size_only);
|
|
if (n >= 0 && index >= n)
|
|
error("index too large");
|
|
/* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
|
|
ensures that it even works with designators) */
|
|
if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
|
|
init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
|
|
(index - array_length) * size1);
|
|
}
|
|
index++;
|
|
if (index > array_length)
|
|
array_length = index;
|
|
/* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
|
|
be strictly correct if designators are used at the
|
|
same time) */
|
|
if (index >= n && no_oblock)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (tok == '}')
|
|
break;
|
|
skip(',');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!no_oblock)
|
|
skip('}');
|
|
/* put zeros at the end */
|
|
if (!size_only && n >= 0 && array_length < n) {
|
|
init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
|
|
(n - array_length) * size1);
|
|
}
|
|
/* patch type size if needed */
|
|
if (n < 0)
|
|
s->c = array_length;
|
|
} else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
|
|
(sec || !first || tok == '{')) {
|
|
int par_count;
|
|
|
|
/* NOTE: the previous test is a specific case for automatic
|
|
struct/union init */
|
|
/* XXX: union needs only one init */
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: this test is incorrect for local initializers
|
|
beginning with ( without {. It would be much more difficult
|
|
to do it correctly (ideally, the expression parser should
|
|
be used in all cases) */
|
|
par_count = 0;
|
|
if (tok == '(') {
|
|
AttributeDef ad1;
|
|
CType type1;
|
|
next();
|
|
while (tok == '(') {
|
|
par_count++;
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
if (!parse_btype(&type1, &ad1))
|
|
expect("cast");
|
|
type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
|
#if 0
|
|
if (!is_assignable_types(type, &type1))
|
|
error("invalid type for cast");
|
|
#endif
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
}
|
|
no_oblock = 1;
|
|
if (first || tok == '{') {
|
|
skip('{');
|
|
no_oblock = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
s = type->ref;
|
|
f = s->next;
|
|
array_length = 0;
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
n = s->c;
|
|
while (tok != '}') {
|
|
decl_designator(type, sec, c, NULL, &f, size_only);
|
|
index = f->c;
|
|
if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
|
|
init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
|
|
index - array_length);
|
|
}
|
|
index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
|
|
if (index > array_length)
|
|
array_length = index;
|
|
f = f->next;
|
|
if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (tok == '}')
|
|
break;
|
|
skip(',');
|
|
}
|
|
/* put zeros at the end */
|
|
if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
|
|
init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
|
|
n - array_length);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!no_oblock)
|
|
skip('}');
|
|
while (par_count) {
|
|
skip(')');
|
|
par_count--;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (tok == '{') {
|
|
next();
|
|
decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
|
|
skip('}');
|
|
} else if (size_only) {
|
|
/* just skip expression */
|
|
parlevel = 0;
|
|
while ((parlevel > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',')) &&
|
|
tok != -1) {
|
|
if (tok == '(')
|
|
parlevel++;
|
|
else if (tok == ')')
|
|
parlevel--;
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* currently, we always use constant expression for globals
|
|
(may change for scripting case) */
|
|
expr_type = EXPR_CONST;
|
|
if (!sec)
|
|
expr_type = EXPR_ANY;
|
|
init_putv(type, sec, c, 0, expr_type);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
|
|
allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
|
|
VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
|
|
variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers are
|
|
parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object is put
|
|
in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing is done
|
|
to handle string constants. */
|
|
static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
|
|
int has_init, int v, int scope)
|
|
{
|
|
int size, align, addr, data_offset;
|
|
int level;
|
|
ParseState saved_parse_state = {0};
|
|
TokenString init_str;
|
|
Section *sec;
|
|
|
|
size = type_size(type, &align);
|
|
/* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
|
|
evaluating initializers because
|
|
initializers can generate global data too
|
|
(e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
|
|
literals). It also simplifies local
|
|
initializers handling */
|
|
tok_str_new(&init_str);
|
|
if (size < 0) {
|
|
if (!has_init)
|
|
error("unknown type size");
|
|
/* get all init string */
|
|
if (has_init == 2) {
|
|
/* only get strings */
|
|
while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
|
|
tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
level = 0;
|
|
while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
|
|
if (tok < 0)
|
|
error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
|
|
tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
|
|
if (tok == '{')
|
|
level++;
|
|
else if (tok == '}') {
|
|
level--;
|
|
if (level <= 0) {
|
|
next();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
tok_str_add(&init_str, -1);
|
|
tok_str_add(&init_str, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* compute size */
|
|
save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
|
|
|
|
macro_ptr = init_str.str;
|
|
next();
|
|
decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
|
|
/* prepare second initializer parsing */
|
|
macro_ptr = init_str.str;
|
|
next();
|
|
|
|
/* if still unknown size, error */
|
|
size = type_size(type, &align);
|
|
if (size < 0)
|
|
error("unknown type size");
|
|
}
|
|
/* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
|
|
if (ad->aligned) {
|
|
if (ad->aligned > align)
|
|
align = ad->aligned;
|
|
} else if (ad->packed) {
|
|
align = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
|
|
sec = NULL;
|
|
if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY))
|
|
loc--;
|
|
loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
|
addr = loc;
|
|
/* handles bounds */
|
|
/* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
|
|
'&' operators, so we add only arrays */
|
|
if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
|
unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
|
|
/* add padding between regions */
|
|
loc--;
|
|
/* then add local bound info */
|
|
bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(unsigned long));
|
|
bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
|
|
bounds_ptr[1] = size;
|
|
}
|
|
if (v) {
|
|
/* local variable */
|
|
sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* push local reference */
|
|
vset(type, r, addr);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
Sym *sym;
|
|
|
|
sym = NULL;
|
|
if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
|
|
/* see if the symbol was already defined */
|
|
sym = sym_find(v);
|
|
if (sym) {
|
|
if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
|
|
error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
|
|
/* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
|
|
sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
|
|
/* set array size if it was ommited in extern
|
|
declaration */
|
|
if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) &&
|
|
sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
|
|
type->ref->c >= 0)
|
|
sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* we accept several definitions of the same
|
|
global variable. this is tricky, because we
|
|
must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
|
|
/* XXX: should check if the variable was already
|
|
initialized. It is incorrect to initialized it
|
|
twice */
|
|
/* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
|
|
if (!has_init)
|
|
goto no_alloc;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
|
|
sec = ad->section;
|
|
if (!sec) {
|
|
if (has_init)
|
|
sec = data_section;
|
|
else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
|
|
sec = bss_section;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sec) {
|
|
data_offset = sec->data_offset;
|
|
data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
|
|
addr = data_offset;
|
|
/* very important to increment global pointer at this time
|
|
because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
|
|
data_offset += size;
|
|
/* add padding if bound check */
|
|
if (do_bounds_check)
|
|
data_offset++;
|
|
sec->data_offset = data_offset;
|
|
/* allocate section space to put the data */
|
|
if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS &&
|
|
data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
|
|
section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
|
|
/* align section if needed */
|
|
if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
|
|
sec->sh_addralign = align;
|
|
} else {
|
|
addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (v) {
|
|
if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
|
|
sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
/* update symbol definition */
|
|
if (sec) {
|
|
put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ElfW(Sym) *esym;
|
|
/* put a common area */
|
|
put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, align, size);
|
|
/* XXX: find a nicer way */
|
|
esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
|
|
esym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
CValue cval;
|
|
|
|
/* push global reference */
|
|
sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
|
|
cval.ul = 0;
|
|
vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
|
|
vtop->sym = sym;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
|
|
before for the relocation */
|
|
if (do_bounds_check) {
|
|
unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
|
|
|
|
greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_32);
|
|
/* then add global bound info */
|
|
bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(long));
|
|
bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
|
|
bounds_ptr[1] = size;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (has_init) {
|
|
decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
|
|
/* restore parse state if needed */
|
|
if (init_str.str) {
|
|
tok_str_free(init_str.str);
|
|
restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
no_alloc: ;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void put_func_debug(Sym *sym)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[512];
|
|
|
|
/* stabs info */
|
|
/* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
|
|
funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
|
|
put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
|
|
cur_text_section, sym->c);
|
|
/* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
|
|
put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
|
|
last_ind = 0;
|
|
last_line_num = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse an old style function declaration list */
|
|
/* XXX: check multiple parameter */
|
|
static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
|
|
{
|
|
AttributeDef ad;
|
|
int v;
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
CType btype, type;
|
|
|
|
/* parse each declaration */
|
|
while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF) {
|
|
if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad))
|
|
expect("declaration list");
|
|
if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
|
|
(btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
|
|
tok == ';') {
|
|
/* we accept no variable after */
|
|
} else {
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
type = btype;
|
|
type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
|
|
/* find parameter in function parameter list */
|
|
s = func_sym->next;
|
|
while (s != NULL) {
|
|
if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
|
|
goto found;
|
|
s = s->next;
|
|
}
|
|
error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
found:
|
|
/* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
|
|
if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
|
|
error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
convert_parameter_type(&type);
|
|
/* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
|
|
s->type = type;
|
|
/* accept other parameters */
|
|
if (tok == ',')
|
|
next();
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
|
|
'cur_text_section' */
|
|
static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
|
|
{
|
|
int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
|
nocode_wanted = 0;
|
|
ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
|
|
/* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
|
|
put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
|
|
funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
|
|
func_ind = ind;
|
|
/* put debug symbol */
|
|
if (do_debug)
|
|
put_func_debug(sym);
|
|
/* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
|
|
sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
|
|
gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
|
|
rsym = 0;
|
|
block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
gsym(rsym);
|
|
gfunc_epilog();
|
|
cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
|
|
label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
|
|
sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL); /* reset local stack */
|
|
/* end of function */
|
|
/* patch symbol size */
|
|
((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size =
|
|
ind - func_ind;
|
|
if (do_debug) {
|
|
put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, ind - func_ind);
|
|
}
|
|
/* It's better to crash than to generate wrong code */
|
|
cur_text_section = NULL;
|
|
funcname = ""; /* for safety */
|
|
func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
|
|
ind = 0; /* for safety */
|
|
nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void gen_inline_functions(void)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *sym;
|
|
CType *type;
|
|
int *str, inline_generated;
|
|
|
|
/* iterate while inline function are referenced */
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
inline_generated = 0;
|
|
for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
|
|
type = &sym->type;
|
|
if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
|
|
(type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
|
|
(VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE) &&
|
|
sym->c != 0) {
|
|
/* the function was used: generate its code and
|
|
convert it to a normal function */
|
|
str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
|
|
sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
|
|
sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
|
|
|
|
macro_ptr = str;
|
|
next();
|
|
cur_text_section = text_section;
|
|
gen_function(sym);
|
|
macro_ptr = NULL; /* fail safe */
|
|
|
|
tok_str_free(str);
|
|
inline_generated = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!inline_generated)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* free all remaining inline function tokens */
|
|
for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
|
|
type = &sym->type;
|
|
if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
|
|
(type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
|
|
(VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) {
|
|
//gr printf("sym %d %s\n", sym->r, get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
|
|
if (sym->r == (VT_SYM | VT_CONST)) //gr beware!
|
|
continue;
|
|
str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
|
|
tok_str_free(str);
|
|
sym->r = 0; /* fail safe */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
|
|
static void decl(int l)
|
|
{
|
|
int v, has_init, r;
|
|
CType type, btype;
|
|
Sym *sym;
|
|
AttributeDef ad;
|
|
|
|
while (1) {
|
|
if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
|
|
/* skip redundant ';' */
|
|
/* XXX: find more elegant solution */
|
|
if (tok == ';') {
|
|
next();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (l == VT_CONST &&
|
|
(tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
|
|
/* global asm block */
|
|
asm_global_instr();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
/* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
|
|
type. Only accepted when defining global data */
|
|
if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_DEFINE)
|
|
break;
|
|
btype.t = VT_INT;
|
|
}
|
|
if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
|
|
(btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
|
|
tok == ';') {
|
|
/* we accept no variable after */
|
|
next();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
|
|
type = btype;
|
|
type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
|
|
#if 0
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[500];
|
|
type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
/* if old style function prototype, we accept a
|
|
declaration list */
|
|
sym = type.ref;
|
|
if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
|
|
func_decl_list(sym);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (tok == '{') {
|
|
if (l == VT_LOCAL)
|
|
error("cannot use local functions");
|
|
if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
|
expect("function definition");
|
|
|
|
/* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
|
|
sym = type.ref;
|
|
while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
|
|
if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
|
|
expect("identifier");
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
|
|
if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
|
|
type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
|
|
|
|
sym = sym_find(v);
|
|
if (sym) {
|
|
if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
|
goto func_error1;
|
|
/* specific case: if not func_call defined, we put
|
|
the one of the prototype */
|
|
/* XXX: should have default value */
|
|
r = sym->type.ref->r;
|
|
if (FUNC_CALL(r) != FUNC_CDECL
|
|
&& FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) == FUNC_CDECL)
|
|
FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) = FUNC_CALL(r);
|
|
if (FUNC_EXPORT(r))
|
|
FUNC_EXPORT(type.ref->r) = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
|
|
func_error1:
|
|
error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
|
get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
|
}
|
|
/* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
|
|
sym->type = type;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* put function symbol */
|
|
sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
|
|
sym->type.ref = type.ref;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
|
|
of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
|
|
the compilation unit only if they are used */
|
|
if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
|
|
(VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
|
|
TokenString func_str;
|
|
int block_level;
|
|
|
|
tok_str_new(&func_str);
|
|
|
|
block_level = 0;
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
int t;
|
|
if (tok == TOK_EOF)
|
|
error("unexpected end of file");
|
|
tok_str_add_tok(&func_str);
|
|
t = tok;
|
|
next();
|
|
if (t == '{') {
|
|
block_level++;
|
|
} else if (t == '}') {
|
|
block_level--;
|
|
if (block_level == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
tok_str_add(&func_str, -1);
|
|
tok_str_add(&func_str, 0);
|
|
INLINE_DEF(sym->r) = func_str.str;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* compute text section */
|
|
cur_text_section = ad.section;
|
|
if (!cur_text_section)
|
|
cur_text_section = text_section;
|
|
sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
|
|
gen_function(sym);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (btype.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
|
|
/* save typedefed type */
|
|
/* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
|
|
sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
|
|
sym->type.t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
|
|
} else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
|
/* external function definition */
|
|
/* specific case for func_call attribute */
|
|
if (ad.func_attr)
|
|
type.ref->r = ad.func_attr;
|
|
external_sym(v, &type, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* not lvalue if array */
|
|
r = 0;
|
|
if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
|
|
r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
|
|
has_init = (tok == '=');
|
|
if ((btype.t & VT_EXTERN) ||
|
|
((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
|
|
!has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
|
|
/* external variable */
|
|
/* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
|
|
arrays of null size are considered as
|
|
extern */
|
|
external_sym(v, &type, r);
|
|
} else {
|
|
type.t |= (btype.t & VT_STATIC); /* Retain "static". */
|
|
if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
|
|
r |= VT_CONST;
|
|
else
|
|
r |= l;
|
|
if (has_init)
|
|
next();
|
|
decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r,
|
|
has_init, v, l);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (tok != ',') {
|
|
skip(';');
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
next();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* better than nothing, but needs extension to handle '-E' option
|
|
correctly too */
|
|
static void preprocess_init(TCCState *s1)
|
|
{
|
|
s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
|
|
/* XXX: move that before to avoid having to initialize
|
|
file->ifdef_stack_ptr ? */
|
|
s1->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack;
|
|
file->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: not ANSI compliant: bound checking says error */
|
|
vtop = vstack - 1;
|
|
s1->pack_stack[0] = 0;
|
|
s1->pack_stack_ptr = s1->pack_stack;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* compile the C file opened in 'file'. Return non zero if errors. */
|
|
static int tcc_compile(TCCState *s1)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *define_start;
|
|
char buf[512];
|
|
volatile int section_sym;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INC_DEBUG
|
|
printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
|
|
#endif
|
|
preprocess_init(s1);
|
|
|
|
cur_text_section = NULL;
|
|
funcname = "";
|
|
anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
|
|
|
|
/* file info: full path + filename */
|
|
section_sym = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
if (do_debug) {
|
|
section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
|
|
ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
|
|
text_section->sh_num, NULL);
|
|
getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
normalize_slashes(buf);
|
|
#endif
|
|
pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
|
|
put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
|
|
text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
|
|
put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
|
|
text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
|
|
}
|
|
/* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
|
|
symbols can be safely used */
|
|
put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
|
|
ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
|
|
SHN_ABS, file->filename);
|
|
|
|
/* define some often used types */
|
|
int_type.t = VT_INT;
|
|
|
|
char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
|
|
mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
|
|
|
|
func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
|
|
func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(TCC_ARM_EABI) && defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
|
|
float_type.t = VT_FLOAT;
|
|
double_type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
|
|
|
func_float_type.t = VT_FUNC;
|
|
func_float_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &float_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
|
|
func_double_type.t = VT_FUNC;
|
|
func_double_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &double_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
/* define 'void *alloca(unsigned int)' builtin function */
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *s1;
|
|
|
|
p = anon_sym++;
|
|
sym = sym_push(p, mk_pointer(VT_VOID), FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_NEW);
|
|
s1 = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, VT_UNSIGNED | VT_INT, 0, 0);
|
|
s1->next = NULL;
|
|
sym->next = s1;
|
|
sym_push(TOK_alloca, VT_FUNC | (p << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT), VT_CONST, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
define_start = define_stack;
|
|
nocode_wanted = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (setjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf) == 0) {
|
|
s1->nb_errors = 0;
|
|
s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 1;
|
|
|
|
ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
|
|
tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
|
|
parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM;
|
|
next();
|
|
decl(VT_CONST);
|
|
if (tok != TOK_EOF)
|
|
expect("declaration");
|
|
|
|
/* end of translation unit info */
|
|
if (do_debug) {
|
|
put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
|
|
text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* reset define stack, but leave -Dsymbols (may be incorrect if
|
|
they are undefined) */
|
|
free_defines(define_start);
|
|
|
|
gen_inline_functions();
|
|
|
|
sym_pop(&global_stack, NULL);
|
|
sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL);
|
|
|
|
return s1->nb_errors != 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Preprocess the current file */
|
|
static int tcc_preprocess(TCCState *s1)
|
|
{
|
|
Sym *define_start;
|
|
BufferedFile *file_ref;
|
|
int token_seen, line_ref;
|
|
|
|
preprocess_init(s1);
|
|
define_start = define_stack;
|
|
ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
|
|
tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
|
|
parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS | PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS |
|
|
PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED | PARSE_FLAG_SPACES;
|
|
token_seen = 0;
|
|
line_ref = 0;
|
|
file_ref = NULL;
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
next();
|
|
if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
|
|
break;
|
|
} else if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED) {
|
|
if (!token_seen)
|
|
continue;
|
|
++line_ref;
|
|
token_seen = 0;
|
|
} else if (!token_seen) {
|
|
int d = file->line_num - line_ref;
|
|
if (file != file_ref || d < 0 || d >= 8)
|
|
fprintf(s1->outfile, "# %d \"%s\"\n", file->line_num, file->filename);
|
|
else
|
|
while (d)
|
|
fputs("\n", s1->outfile), --d;
|
|
line_ref = (file_ref = file)->line_num;
|
|
token_seen = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
fputs(get_tok_str(tok, &tokc), s1->outfile);
|
|
}
|
|
free_defines(define_start);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LIBTCC
|
|
int tcc_compile_string(TCCState *s, const char *str)
|
|
{
|
|
BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
|
|
int ret, len;
|
|
char *buf;
|
|
|
|
/* init file structure */
|
|
bf->fd = -1;
|
|
/* XXX: avoid copying */
|
|
len = strlen(str);
|
|
buf = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
|
|
if (!buf)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
memcpy(buf, str, len);
|
|
buf[len] = CH_EOB;
|
|
bf->buf_ptr = buf;
|
|
bf->buf_end = buf + len;
|
|
pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), "<string>");
|
|
bf->line_num = 1;
|
|
file = bf;
|
|
ret = tcc_compile(s);
|
|
file = NULL;
|
|
tcc_free(buf);
|
|
|
|
/* currently, no need to close */
|
|
return ret;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* define a preprocessor symbol. A value can also be provided with the '=' operator */
|
|
void tcc_define_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, const char *value)
|
|
{
|
|
BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
|
|
|
|
pstrcpy(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, sym);
|
|
pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, " ");
|
|
/* default value */
|
|
if (!value)
|
|
value = "1";
|
|
pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, value);
|
|
|
|
/* init file structure */
|
|
bf->fd = -1;
|
|
bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
|
|
bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + strlen(bf->buffer);
|
|
*bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
|
|
bf->filename[0] = '\0';
|
|
bf->line_num = 1;
|
|
file = bf;
|
|
|
|
s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
|
|
|
|
/* parse with define parser */
|
|
ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
|
|
next_nomacro();
|
|
parse_define();
|
|
file = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* undefine a preprocessor symbol */
|
|
void tcc_undefine_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenSym *ts;
|
|
Sym *s;
|
|
ts = tok_alloc(sym, strlen(sym));
|
|
s = define_find(ts->tok);
|
|
/* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
|
|
if (s)
|
|
define_undef(s);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
|
#include "i386-asm.c"
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include "tccasm.c"
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
static void asm_instr(void)
|
|
{
|
|
error("inline asm() not supported");
|
|
}
|
|
static void asm_global_instr(void)
|
|
{
|
|
error("inline asm() not supported");
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "tccelf.c"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
|
|
#include "tcccoff.c"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
#include "tccpe.c"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BACKTRACE
|
|
/* print the position in the source file of PC value 'pc' by reading
|
|
the stabs debug information */
|
|
static void rt_printline(unsigned long wanted_pc)
|
|
{
|
|
Stab_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
|
|
char func_name[128], last_func_name[128];
|
|
unsigned long func_addr, last_pc, pc;
|
|
const char *incl_files[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
|
|
int incl_index, len, last_line_num, i;
|
|
const char *str, *p;
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "0x%08lx:", wanted_pc);
|
|
|
|
func_name[0] = '\0';
|
|
func_addr = 0;
|
|
incl_index = 0;
|
|
last_func_name[0] = '\0';
|
|
last_pc = 0xffffffff;
|
|
last_line_num = 1;
|
|
sym = (Stab_Sym *)stab_section->data + 1;
|
|
sym_end = (Stab_Sym *)(stab_section->data + stab_section->data_offset);
|
|
while (sym < sym_end) {
|
|
switch(sym->n_type) {
|
|
/* function start or end */
|
|
case N_FUN:
|
|
if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
|
|
/* we test if between last line and end of function */
|
|
pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
|
|
if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
|
|
goto found;
|
|
func_name[0] = '\0';
|
|
func_addr = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
|
|
p = strchr(str, ':');
|
|
if (!p) {
|
|
pstrcpy(func_name, sizeof(func_name), str);
|
|
} else {
|
|
len = p - str;
|
|
if (len > sizeof(func_name) - 1)
|
|
len = sizeof(func_name) - 1;
|
|
memcpy(func_name, str, len);
|
|
func_name[len] = '\0';
|
|
}
|
|
func_addr = sym->n_value;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
/* line number info */
|
|
case N_SLINE:
|
|
pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
|
|
if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
|
|
goto found;
|
|
last_pc = pc;
|
|
last_line_num = sym->n_desc;
|
|
/* XXX: slow! */
|
|
strcpy(last_func_name, func_name);
|
|
break;
|
|
/* include files */
|
|
case N_BINCL:
|
|
str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
|
|
add_incl:
|
|
if (incl_index < INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE) {
|
|
incl_files[incl_index++] = str;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case N_EINCL:
|
|
if (incl_index > 1)
|
|
incl_index--;
|
|
break;
|
|
case N_SO:
|
|
if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
|
|
incl_index = 0; /* end of translation unit */
|
|
} else {
|
|
str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
|
|
/* do not add path */
|
|
len = strlen(str);
|
|
if (len > 0 && str[len - 1] != '/')
|
|
goto add_incl;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
sym++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* second pass: we try symtab symbols (no line number info) */
|
|
incl_index = 0;
|
|
{
|
|
ElfW(Sym) *sym, *sym_end;
|
|
int type;
|
|
|
|
sym_end = (ElfW(Sym) *)(symtab_section->data + symtab_section->data_offset);
|
|
for(sym = (ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data + 1;
|
|
sym < sym_end;
|
|
sym++) {
|
|
type = ELFW(ST_TYPE)(sym->st_info);
|
|
if (type == STT_FUNC) {
|
|
if (wanted_pc >= sym->st_value &&
|
|
wanted_pc < sym->st_value + sym->st_size) {
|
|
pstrcpy(last_func_name, sizeof(last_func_name),
|
|
strtab_section->data + sym->st_name);
|
|
goto found;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* did not find any info: */
|
|
fprintf(stderr, " ???\n");
|
|
return;
|
|
found:
|
|
if (last_func_name[0] != '\0') {
|
|
fprintf(stderr, " %s()", last_func_name);
|
|
}
|
|
if (incl_index > 0) {
|
|
fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d",
|
|
incl_files[incl_index - 1], last_line_num);
|
|
for(i = incl_index - 2; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
fprintf(stderr, ", included from %s", incl_files[i]);
|
|
fprintf(stderr, ")");
|
|
}
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
|
/* fix for glibc 2.1 */
|
|
#ifndef REG_EIP
|
|
#define REG_EIP EIP
|
|
#define REG_EBP EBP
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* return the PC at frame level 'level'. Return non zero if not found */
|
|
static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
|
|
ucontext_t *uc, int level)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned long fp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (level == 0) {
|
|
#if defined(__FreeBSD__)
|
|
*paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_eip;
|
|
#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
|
|
*paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.eip;
|
|
#else
|
|
*paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EIP];
|
|
#endif
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
#if defined(__FreeBSD__)
|
|
fp = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_ebp;
|
|
#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
|
|
fp = uc->uc_mcontext.ebp;
|
|
#else
|
|
fp = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EBP];
|
|
#endif
|
|
for(i=1;i<level;i++) {
|
|
/* XXX: check address validity with program info */
|
|
if (fp <= 0x1000 || fp >= 0xc0000000)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
fp = ((unsigned long *)fp)[0];
|
|
}
|
|
*paddr = ((unsigned long *)fp)[1];
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#elif defined(__x86_64__)
|
|
/* return the PC at frame level 'level'. Return non zero if not found */
|
|
static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
|
|
ucontext_t *uc, int level)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned long fp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (level == 0) {
|
|
/* XXX: only support linux */
|
|
*paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_RIP];
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
fp = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_RBP];
|
|
for(i=1;i<level;i++) {
|
|
/* XXX: check address validity with program info */
|
|
if (fp <= 0x1000)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
fp = ((unsigned long *)fp)[0];
|
|
}
|
|
*paddr = ((unsigned long *)fp)[1];
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
#warning add arch specific rt_get_caller_pc()
|
|
static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
|
|
ucontext_t *uc, int level)
|
|
{
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* emit a run time error at position 'pc' */
|
|
void rt_error(ucontext_t *uc, const char *fmt, ...)
|
|
{
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
unsigned long pc;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
va_start(ap, fmt);
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Runtime error: ");
|
|
vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
|
for(i=0;i<num_callers;i++) {
|
|
if (rt_get_caller_pc(&pc, uc, i) < 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (i == 0)
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "at ");
|
|
else
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "by ");
|
|
rt_printline(pc);
|
|
}
|
|
exit(255);
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* signal handler for fatal errors */
|
|
static void sig_error(int signum, siginfo_t *siginf, void *puc)
|
|
{
|
|
ucontext_t *uc = puc;
|
|
|
|
switch(signum) {
|
|
case SIGFPE:
|
|
switch(siginf->si_code) {
|
|
case FPE_INTDIV:
|
|
case FPE_FLTDIV:
|
|
rt_error(uc, "division by zero");
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
rt_error(uc, "floating point exception");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case SIGBUS:
|
|
case SIGSEGV:
|
|
if (rt_bound_error_msg && *rt_bound_error_msg)
|
|
rt_error(uc, *rt_bound_error_msg);
|
|
else
|
|
rt_error(uc, "dereferencing invalid pointer");
|
|
break;
|
|
case SIGILL:
|
|
rt_error(uc, "illegal instruction");
|
|
break;
|
|
case SIGABRT:
|
|
rt_error(uc, "abort() called");
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
rt_error(uc, "caught signal %d", signum);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
exit(255);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* copy code into memory passed in by the caller and do all relocations
|
|
(needed before using tcc_get_symbol()).
|
|
returns -1 on error and required size if ptr is NULL */
|
|
int tcc_relocate(TCCState *s1, void *ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
Section *s;
|
|
unsigned long offset, length, mem;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (0 == s1->runtime_added) {
|
|
s1->runtime_added = 1;
|
|
s1->nb_errors = 0;
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
pe_add_runtime(s1);
|
|
relocate_common_syms();
|
|
tcc_add_linker_symbols(s1);
|
|
#else
|
|
tcc_add_runtime(s1);
|
|
relocate_common_syms();
|
|
tcc_add_linker_symbols(s1);
|
|
build_got_entries(s1);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
offset = 0, mem = (unsigned long)ptr;
|
|
for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
|
|
s = s1->sections[i];
|
|
if (0 == (s->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC))
|
|
continue;
|
|
length = s->data_offset;
|
|
s->sh_addr = mem ? (mem + offset + 15) & ~15 : 0;
|
|
offset = (offset + length + 15) & ~15;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* relocate symbols */
|
|
relocate_syms(s1, 1);
|
|
if (s1->nb_errors)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
s1->runtime_plt_and_got_offset = 0;
|
|
s1->runtime_plt_and_got = (char *)(mem + offset);
|
|
/* double the size of the buffer for got and plt entries
|
|
XXX: calculate exact size for them? */
|
|
offset *= 2;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (0 == mem)
|
|
return offset + 15;
|
|
|
|
/* relocate each section */
|
|
for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
|
|
s = s1->sections[i];
|
|
if (s->reloc)
|
|
relocate_section(s1, s);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
|
|
s = s1->sections[i];
|
|
if (0 == (s->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC))
|
|
continue;
|
|
length = s->data_offset;
|
|
// printf("%-12s %08x %04x\n", s->name, s->sh_addr, length);
|
|
ptr = (void*)s->sh_addr;
|
|
if (NULL == s->data || s->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
memset(ptr, 0, length);
|
|
else
|
|
memcpy(ptr, s->data, length);
|
|
/* mark executable sections as executable in memory */
|
|
if (s->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
|
|
set_pages_executable(ptr, length);
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
|
set_pages_executable(s1->runtime_plt_and_got,
|
|
s1->runtime_plt_and_got_offset);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* launch the compiled program with the given arguments */
|
|
int tcc_run(TCCState *s1, int argc, char **argv)
|
|
{
|
|
int (*prog_main)(int, char **);
|
|
void *ptr;
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
ret = tcc_relocate(s1, NULL);
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
ptr = tcc_malloc(ret);
|
|
tcc_relocate(s1, ptr);
|
|
|
|
prog_main = tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "main");
|
|
|
|
if (do_debug) {
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BACKTRACE
|
|
struct sigaction sigact;
|
|
/* install TCC signal handlers to print debug info on fatal
|
|
runtime errors */
|
|
sigact.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO | SA_RESETHAND;
|
|
sigact.sa_sigaction = sig_error;
|
|
sigemptyset(&sigact.sa_mask);
|
|
sigaction(SIGFPE, &sigact, NULL);
|
|
sigaction(SIGILL, &sigact, NULL);
|
|
sigaction(SIGSEGV, &sigact, NULL);
|
|
sigaction(SIGBUS, &sigact, NULL);
|
|
sigaction(SIGABRT, &sigact, NULL);
|
|
#else
|
|
error("debug mode not available");
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
if (do_bounds_check) {
|
|
void (*bound_init)(void);
|
|
|
|
/* set error function */
|
|
rt_bound_error_msg = tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "__bound_error_msg");
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: use .init section so that it also work in binary ? */
|
|
bound_init = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "__bound_init");
|
|
bound_init();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
ret = (*prog_main)(argc, argv);
|
|
tcc_free(ptr);
|
|
return ret;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void tcc_memstats(void)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MEM_DEBUG
|
|
printf("memory in use: %d\n", mem_cur_size);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void tcc_cleanup(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int i, n;
|
|
|
|
if (NULL == tcc_state)
|
|
return;
|
|
tcc_state = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* free -D defines */
|
|
free_defines(NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* free tokens */
|
|
n = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
|
|
for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
|
tcc_free(table_ident[i]);
|
|
tcc_free(table_ident);
|
|
|
|
/* free sym_pools */
|
|
dynarray_reset(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools);
|
|
/* string buffer */
|
|
cstr_free(&tokcstr);
|
|
/* reset symbol stack */
|
|
sym_free_first = NULL;
|
|
/* cleanup from error/setjmp */
|
|
macro_ptr = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TCCState *tcc_new(void)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *p, *r;
|
|
TCCState *s;
|
|
TokenSym *ts;
|
|
int i, c;
|
|
|
|
tcc_cleanup();
|
|
|
|
s = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(TCCState));
|
|
if (!s)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
tcc_state = s;
|
|
s->output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
|
|
|
|
/* init isid table */
|
|
for(i=CH_EOF;i<256;i++)
|
|
isidnum_table[i-CH_EOF] = isid(i) || isnum(i);
|
|
|
|
/* add all tokens */
|
|
table_ident = NULL;
|
|
memset(hash_ident, 0, TOK_HASH_SIZE * sizeof(TokenSym *));
|
|
|
|
tok_ident = TOK_IDENT;
|
|
p = tcc_keywords;
|
|
while (*p) {
|
|
r = p;
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
c = *r++;
|
|
if (c == '\0')
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
ts = tok_alloc(p, r - p - 1);
|
|
p = r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* we add dummy defines for some special macros to speed up tests
|
|
and to have working defined() */
|
|
define_push(TOK___LINE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
|
|
define_push(TOK___FILE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
|
|
define_push(TOK___DATE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
|
|
define_push(TOK___TIME__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* standard defines */
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC__", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__i386__", NULL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__x86_64__", NULL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__ARM_ARCH_4__", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf__", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm_elf", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm__", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__APCS_32__", NULL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "_WIN32", NULL);
|
|
#else
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix__", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix", NULL);
|
|
#if defined(__linux)
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux__", NULL);
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux", NULL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* tiny C specific defines */
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__TINYC__", NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* tiny C & gcc defines */
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__SIZE_TYPE__", "unsigned int");
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__PTRDIFF_TYPE__", "int");
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "unsigned short");
|
|
#else
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "int");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
/* default library paths */
|
|
tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/lib");
|
|
tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/lib");
|
|
tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/lib");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* no section zero */
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&s->sections, &s->nb_sections, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* create standard sections */
|
|
text_section = new_section(s, ".text", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR);
|
|
data_section = new_section(s, ".data", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
|
|
bss_section = new_section(s, ".bss", SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
|
|
|
|
/* symbols are always generated for linking stage */
|
|
symtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".symtab", SHT_SYMTAB, 0,
|
|
".strtab",
|
|
".hashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
|
|
strtab_section = symtab_section->link;
|
|
|
|
/* private symbol table for dynamic symbols */
|
|
s->dynsymtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".dynsymtab", SHT_SYMTAB, SHF_PRIVATE,
|
|
".dynstrtab",
|
|
".dynhashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
|
|
s->alacarte_link = 1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
|
|
s->char_is_unsigned = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_PE) && 0
|
|
/* XXX: currently the PE linker is not ready to support that */
|
|
s->leading_underscore = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void tcc_delete(TCCState *s1)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
tcc_cleanup();
|
|
|
|
/* free all sections */
|
|
for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++)
|
|
free_section(s1->sections[i]);
|
|
dynarray_reset(&s1->sections, &s1->nb_sections);
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < s1->nb_priv_sections; i++)
|
|
free_section(s1->priv_sections[i]);
|
|
dynarray_reset(&s1->priv_sections, &s1->nb_priv_sections);
|
|
|
|
/* free any loaded DLLs */
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < s1->nb_loaded_dlls; i++) {
|
|
DLLReference *ref = s1->loaded_dlls[i];
|
|
if ( ref->handle )
|
|
dlclose(ref->handle);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* free loaded dlls array */
|
|
dynarray_reset(&s1->loaded_dlls, &s1->nb_loaded_dlls);
|
|
|
|
/* free library paths */
|
|
dynarray_reset(&s1->library_paths, &s1->nb_library_paths);
|
|
|
|
/* free include paths */
|
|
dynarray_reset(&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes);
|
|
dynarray_reset(&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths);
|
|
dynarray_reset(&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths);
|
|
|
|
tcc_free(s1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int tcc_add_include_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
|
|
{
|
|
char *pathname1;
|
|
|
|
pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths, pathname1);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int tcc_add_sysinclude_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
|
|
{
|
|
char *pathname1;
|
|
|
|
pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths, pathname1);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s1, const char *filename, int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *ext;
|
|
ElfW(Ehdr) ehdr;
|
|
int fd, ret;
|
|
BufferedFile *saved_file;
|
|
|
|
/* find source file type with extension */
|
|
ext = tcc_fileextension(filename);
|
|
if (ext[0])
|
|
ext++;
|
|
|
|
/* open the file */
|
|
saved_file = file;
|
|
file = tcc_open(s1, filename);
|
|
if (!file) {
|
|
if (flags & AFF_PRINT_ERROR) {
|
|
error_noabort("file '%s' not found", filename);
|
|
}
|
|
ret = -1;
|
|
goto fail1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (flags & AFF_PREPROCESS) {
|
|
ret = tcc_preprocess(s1);
|
|
} else if (!ext[0] || !PATHCMP(ext, "c")) {
|
|
/* C file assumed */
|
|
ret = tcc_compile(s1);
|
|
} else
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
|
|
if (!strcmp(ext, "S")) {
|
|
/* preprocessed assembler */
|
|
ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 1);
|
|
} else if (!strcmp(ext, "s")) {
|
|
/* non preprocessed assembler */
|
|
ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 0);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
if (!PATHCMP(ext, "def")) {
|
|
ret = pe_load_def_file(s1, file->fd);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
fd = file->fd;
|
|
/* assume executable format: auto guess file type */
|
|
ret = read(fd, &ehdr, sizeof(ehdr));
|
|
lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
|
|
if (ret <= 0) {
|
|
error_noabort("could not read header");
|
|
goto fail;
|
|
} else if (ret != sizeof(ehdr)) {
|
|
goto try_load_script;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ehdr.e_ident[0] == ELFMAG0 &&
|
|
ehdr.e_ident[1] == ELFMAG1 &&
|
|
ehdr.e_ident[2] == ELFMAG2 &&
|
|
ehdr.e_ident[3] == ELFMAG3) {
|
|
file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
|
|
if (ehdr.e_type == ET_REL) {
|
|
ret = tcc_load_object_file(s1, fd, 0);
|
|
} else if (ehdr.e_type == ET_DYN) {
|
|
if (s1->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
ret = -1;
|
|
#else
|
|
void *h;
|
|
h = dlopen(filename, RTLD_GLOBAL | RTLD_LAZY);
|
|
if (h)
|
|
ret = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
ret = -1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
ret = tcc_load_dll(s1, fd, filename,
|
|
(flags & AFF_REFERENCED_DLL) != 0);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
error_noabort("unrecognized ELF file");
|
|
goto fail;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (memcmp((char *)&ehdr, ARMAG, 8) == 0) {
|
|
file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
|
|
ret = tcc_load_archive(s1, fd);
|
|
} else
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
|
|
if (*(uint16_t *)(&ehdr) == COFF_C67_MAGIC) {
|
|
ret = tcc_load_coff(s1, fd);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
if (pe_test_res_file(&ehdr, ret)) {
|
|
ret = pe_load_res_file(s1, fd);
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* as GNU ld, consider it is an ld script if not recognized */
|
|
try_load_script:
|
|
ret = tcc_load_ldscript(s1);
|
|
if (ret < 0) {
|
|
error_noabort("unrecognized file type");
|
|
goto fail;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
the_end:
|
|
tcc_close(file);
|
|
fail1:
|
|
file = saved_file;
|
|
return ret;
|
|
fail:
|
|
ret = -1;
|
|
goto the_end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int tcc_add_file(TCCState *s, const char *filename)
|
|
{
|
|
return tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename, AFF_PRINT_ERROR);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int tcc_add_library_path(TCCState *s, const char *pathname)
|
|
{
|
|
char *pathname1;
|
|
|
|
pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&s->library_paths, &s->nb_library_paths, pathname1);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* find and load a dll. Return non zero if not found */
|
|
/* XXX: add '-rpath' option support ? */
|
|
static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[1024];
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s",
|
|
s->library_paths[i], filename);
|
|
if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, flags) == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* the library name is the same as the argument of the '-l' option */
|
|
int tcc_add_library(TCCState *s, const char *libraryname)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[1024];
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* first we look for the dynamic library if not static linking */
|
|
if (!s->static_link) {
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.def", libraryname);
|
|
#else
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lib%s.so", libraryname);
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (tcc_add_dll(s, buf, 0) == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* then we look for the static library */
|
|
for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib%s.a",
|
|
s->library_paths[i], libraryname);
|
|
if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, 0) == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int tcc_add_symbol(TCCState *s, const char *name, void *val)
|
|
{
|
|
add_elf_sym(symtab_section, (unsigned long)val, 0,
|
|
ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE), 0,
|
|
SHN_ABS, name);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int tcc_set_output_type(TCCState *s, int output_type)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[1024];
|
|
|
|
s->output_type = output_type;
|
|
|
|
if (!s->nostdinc) {
|
|
/* default include paths */
|
|
/* XXX: reverse order needed if -isystem support */
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/include");
|
|
tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/include");
|
|
#endif
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include", tcc_lib_path);
|
|
tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include/winapi", tcc_lib_path);
|
|
tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* if bound checking, then add corresponding sections */
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
if (do_bounds_check) {
|
|
/* define symbol */
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__BOUNDS_CHECKING_ON", NULL);
|
|
/* create bounds sections */
|
|
bounds_section = new_section(s, ".bounds",
|
|
SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
|
|
lbounds_section = new_section(s, ".lbounds",
|
|
SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (s->char_is_unsigned) {
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, "__CHAR_UNSIGNED__", NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add debug sections */
|
|
if (do_debug) {
|
|
/* stab symbols */
|
|
stab_section = new_section(s, ".stab", SHT_PROGBITS, 0);
|
|
stab_section->sh_entsize = sizeof(Stab_Sym);
|
|
stabstr_section = new_section(s, ".stabstr", SHT_STRTAB, 0);
|
|
put_elf_str(stabstr_section, "");
|
|
stab_section->link = stabstr_section;
|
|
/* put first entry */
|
|
put_stabs("", 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* add libc crt1/crti objects */
|
|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
if ((output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE || output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL) &&
|
|
!s->nostdlib) {
|
|
if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
|
|
tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crt1.o");
|
|
tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crti.o");
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib", tcc_lib_path);
|
|
tcc_add_library_path(s, buf);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define WD_ALL 0x0001 /* warning is activated when using -Wall */
|
|
#define FD_INVERT 0x0002 /* invert value before storing */
|
|
|
|
typedef struct FlagDef {
|
|
uint16_t offset;
|
|
uint16_t flags;
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
} FlagDef;
|
|
|
|
static const FlagDef warning_defs[] = {
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, warn_unsupported), 0, "unsupported" },
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, warn_write_strings), 0, "write-strings" },
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, warn_error), 0, "error" },
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, warn_implicit_function_declaration), WD_ALL,
|
|
"implicit-function-declaration" },
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static int set_flag(TCCState *s, const FlagDef *flags, int nb_flags,
|
|
const char *name, int value)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
const FlagDef *p;
|
|
const char *r;
|
|
|
|
r = name;
|
|
if (r[0] == 'n' && r[1] == 'o' && r[2] == '-') {
|
|
r += 3;
|
|
value = !value;
|
|
}
|
|
for(i = 0, p = flags; i < nb_flags; i++, p++) {
|
|
if (!strcmp(r, p->name))
|
|
goto found;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
found:
|
|
if (p->flags & FD_INVERT)
|
|
value = !value;
|
|
*(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = value;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* set/reset a warning */
|
|
int tcc_set_warning(TCCState *s, const char *warning_name, int value)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
const FlagDef *p;
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp(warning_name, "all")) {
|
|
for(i = 0, p = warning_defs; i < countof(warning_defs); i++, p++) {
|
|
if (p->flags & WD_ALL)
|
|
*(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return set_flag(s, warning_defs, countof(warning_defs),
|
|
warning_name, value);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static const FlagDef flag_defs[] = {
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), 0, "unsigned-char" },
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), FD_INVERT, "signed-char" },
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, nocommon), FD_INVERT, "common" },
|
|
{ offsetof(TCCState, leading_underscore), 0, "leading-underscore" },
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* set/reset a flag */
|
|
int tcc_set_flag(TCCState *s, const char *flag_name, int value)
|
|
{
|
|
return set_flag(s, flag_defs, countof(flag_defs),
|
|
flag_name, value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* set CONFIG_TCCDIR at runtime */
|
|
void tcc_set_lib_path(TCCState *s, const char *path)
|
|
{
|
|
tcc_lib_path = tcc_strdup(path);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(LIBTCC)
|
|
|
|
static int64_t getclock_us(void)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
struct _timeb tb;
|
|
_ftime(&tb);
|
|
return (tb.time * 1000LL + tb.millitm) * 1000LL;
|
|
#else
|
|
struct timeval tv;
|
|
gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
|
|
return tv.tv_sec * 1000000LL + tv.tv_usec;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void help(void)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("tcc version " TCC_VERSION " - Tiny C Compiler - Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Fabrice Bellard\n"
|
|
"usage: tcc [-v] [-c] [-o outfile] [-Bdir] [-bench] [-Idir] [-Dsym[=val]] [-Usym]\n"
|
|
" [-Wwarn] [-g] [-b] [-bt N] [-Ldir] [-llib] [-shared] [-soname name]\n"
|
|
" [-static] [infile1 infile2...] [-run infile args...]\n"
|
|
"\n"
|
|
"General options:\n"
|
|
" -v display current version, increase verbosity\n"
|
|
" -c compile only - generate an object file\n"
|
|
" -o outfile set output filename\n"
|
|
" -Bdir set tcc internal library path\n"
|
|
" -bench output compilation statistics\n"
|
|
" -run run compiled source\n"
|
|
" -fflag set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'flag' (see man page)\n"
|
|
" -Wwarning set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'warning' (see man page)\n"
|
|
" -w disable all warnings\n"
|
|
"Preprocessor options:\n"
|
|
" -E preprocess only\n"
|
|
" -Idir add include path 'dir'\n"
|
|
" -Dsym[=val] define 'sym' with value 'val'\n"
|
|
" -Usym undefine 'sym'\n"
|
|
"Linker options:\n"
|
|
" -Ldir add library path 'dir'\n"
|
|
" -llib link with dynamic or static library 'lib'\n"
|
|
" -shared generate a shared library\n"
|
|
" -soname set name for shared library to be used at runtime\n"
|
|
" -static static linking\n"
|
|
" -rdynamic export all global symbols to dynamic linker\n"
|
|
" -r generate (relocatable) object file\n"
|
|
"Debugger options:\n"
|
|
" -g generate runtime debug info\n"
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
" -b compile with built-in memory and bounds checker (implies -g)\n"
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BACKTRACE
|
|
" -bt N show N callers in stack traces\n"
|
|
#endif
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG 0x0001
|
|
#define TCC_OPTION_NOSEP 0x0002 /* cannot have space before option and arg */
|
|
|
|
typedef struct TCCOption {
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
uint16_t index;
|
|
uint16_t flags;
|
|
} TCCOption;
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
TCC_OPTION_HELP,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_I,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_D,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_U,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_L,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_B,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_l,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_bench,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_bt,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_b,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_g,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_c,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_static,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_shared,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_soname,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_o,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_r,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_Wl,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_W,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_O,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_m,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_f,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_nostdinc,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_nostdlib,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_rdynamic,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_run,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_v,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_w,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_pipe,
|
|
TCC_OPTION_E,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const TCCOption tcc_options[] = {
|
|
{ "h", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
|
|
{ "?", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
|
|
{ "I", TCC_OPTION_I, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "D", TCC_OPTION_D, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "U", TCC_OPTION_U, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "L", TCC_OPTION_L, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "B", TCC_OPTION_B, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "l", TCC_OPTION_l, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "bench", TCC_OPTION_bench, 0 },
|
|
{ "bt", TCC_OPTION_bt, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
{ "b", TCC_OPTION_b, 0 },
|
|
#endif
|
|
{ "g", TCC_OPTION_g, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "c", TCC_OPTION_c, 0 },
|
|
{ "static", TCC_OPTION_static, 0 },
|
|
{ "shared", TCC_OPTION_shared, 0 },
|
|
{ "soname", TCC_OPTION_soname, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "o", TCC_OPTION_o, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "run", TCC_OPTION_run, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "rdynamic", TCC_OPTION_rdynamic, 0 },
|
|
{ "r", TCC_OPTION_r, 0 },
|
|
{ "Wl,", TCC_OPTION_Wl, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "W", TCC_OPTION_W, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "O", TCC_OPTION_O, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "m", TCC_OPTION_m, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
|
|
{ "f", TCC_OPTION_f, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "nostdinc", TCC_OPTION_nostdinc, 0 },
|
|
{ "nostdlib", TCC_OPTION_nostdlib, 0 },
|
|
{ "print-search-dirs", TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs, 0 },
|
|
{ "v", TCC_OPTION_v, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
|
|
{ "w", TCC_OPTION_w, 0 },
|
|
{ "pipe", TCC_OPTION_pipe, 0},
|
|
{ "E", TCC_OPTION_E, 0},
|
|
{ NULL },
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* convert 'str' into an array of space separated strings */
|
|
static int expand_args(char ***pargv, const char *str)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *s1;
|
|
char **argv, *arg;
|
|
int argc, len;
|
|
|
|
argc = 0;
|
|
argv = NULL;
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
while (is_space(*str))
|
|
str++;
|
|
if (*str == '\0')
|
|
break;
|
|
s1 = str;
|
|
while (*str != '\0' && !is_space(*str))
|
|
str++;
|
|
len = str - s1;
|
|
arg = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
|
|
memcpy(arg, s1, len);
|
|
arg[len] = '\0';
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&argv, &argc, arg);
|
|
}
|
|
*pargv = argv;
|
|
return argc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static char **files;
|
|
static int nb_files, nb_libraries;
|
|
static int multiple_files;
|
|
static int print_search_dirs;
|
|
static int output_type;
|
|
static int reloc_output;
|
|
static const char *outfile;
|
|
|
|
int parse_args(TCCState *s, int argc, char **argv)
|
|
{
|
|
int optind;
|
|
const TCCOption *popt;
|
|
const char *optarg, *p1, *r1;
|
|
char *r;
|
|
|
|
optind = 0;
|
|
while (optind < argc) {
|
|
|
|
r = argv[optind++];
|
|
if (r[0] != '-' || r[1] == '\0') {
|
|
/* add a new file */
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
|
|
if (!multiple_files) {
|
|
optind--;
|
|
/* argv[0] will be this file */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* find option in table (match only the first chars */
|
|
popt = tcc_options;
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
p1 = popt->name;
|
|
if (p1 == NULL)
|
|
error("invalid option -- '%s'", r);
|
|
r1 = r + 1;
|
|
for(;;) {
|
|
if (*p1 == '\0')
|
|
goto option_found;
|
|
if (*r1 != *p1)
|
|
break;
|
|
p1++;
|
|
r1++;
|
|
}
|
|
popt++;
|
|
}
|
|
option_found:
|
|
if (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG) {
|
|
if (*r1 != '\0' || (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_NOSEP)) {
|
|
optarg = r1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (optind >= argc)
|
|
error("argument to '%s' is missing", r);
|
|
optarg = argv[optind++];
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (*r1 != '\0')
|
|
return 0;
|
|
optarg = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch(popt->index) {
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_HELP:
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_I:
|
|
if (tcc_add_include_path(s, optarg) < 0)
|
|
error("too many include paths");
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_D:
|
|
{
|
|
char *sym, *value;
|
|
sym = (char *)optarg;
|
|
value = strchr(sym, '=');
|
|
if (value) {
|
|
*value = '\0';
|
|
value++;
|
|
}
|
|
tcc_define_symbol(s, sym, value);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_U:
|
|
tcc_undefine_symbol(s, optarg);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_L:
|
|
tcc_add_library_path(s, optarg);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_B:
|
|
/* set tcc utilities path (mainly for tcc development) */
|
|
tcc_set_lib_path(s, optarg);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_l:
|
|
dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
|
|
nb_libraries++;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_bench:
|
|
do_bench = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BACKTRACE
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_bt:
|
|
num_callers = atoi(optarg);
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_b:
|
|
do_bounds_check = 1;
|
|
do_debug = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_g:
|
|
do_debug = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_c:
|
|
multiple_files = 1;
|
|
output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_static:
|
|
s->static_link = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_shared:
|
|
output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_DLL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_soname:
|
|
s->soname = optarg;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_o:
|
|
multiple_files = 1;
|
|
outfile = optarg;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_r:
|
|
/* generate a .o merging several output files */
|
|
reloc_output = 1;
|
|
output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_nostdinc:
|
|
s->nostdinc = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_nostdlib:
|
|
s->nostdlib = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs:
|
|
print_search_dirs = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_run:
|
|
{
|
|
int argc1;
|
|
char **argv1;
|
|
argc1 = expand_args(&argv1, optarg);
|
|
if (argc1 > 0) {
|
|
parse_args(s, argc1, argv1);
|
|
}
|
|
multiple_files = 0;
|
|
output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_v:
|
|
do {
|
|
if (0 == verbose++)
|
|
printf("tcc version %s\n", TCC_VERSION);
|
|
} while (*optarg++ == 'v');
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_f:
|
|
if (tcc_set_flag(s, optarg, 1) < 0 && s->warn_unsupported)
|
|
goto unsupported_option;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_W:
|
|
if (tcc_set_warning(s, optarg, 1) < 0 &&
|
|
s->warn_unsupported)
|
|
goto unsupported_option;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_w:
|
|
s->warn_none = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_rdynamic:
|
|
s->rdynamic = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_Wl:
|
|
{
|
|
const char *p;
|
|
if (strstart(optarg, "-Ttext,", &p)) {
|
|
s->text_addr = strtoul(p, NULL, 16);
|
|
s->has_text_addr = 1;
|
|
} else if (strstart(optarg, "--oformat,", &p)) {
|
|
if (strstart(p, "elf32-", NULL)) {
|
|
s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_ELF;
|
|
} else if (!strcmp(p, "binary")) {
|
|
s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_BINARY;
|
|
} else
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
|
|
if (!strcmp(p, "coff")) {
|
|
s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_COFF;
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
error("target %s not found", p);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
error("unsupported linker option '%s'", optarg);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case TCC_OPTION_E:
|
|
output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
if (s->warn_unsupported) {
|
|
unsupported_option:
|
|
warning("unsupported option '%s'", r);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return optind + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int main(int argc, char **argv)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
TCCState *s;
|
|
int nb_objfiles, ret, optind;
|
|
char objfilename[1024];
|
|
int64_t start_time = 0;
|
|
|
|
s = tcc_new();
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
tcc_set_lib_path_w32(s);
|
|
#endif
|
|
output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
|
|
outfile = NULL;
|
|
multiple_files = 1;
|
|
files = NULL;
|
|
nb_files = 0;
|
|
nb_libraries = 0;
|
|
reloc_output = 0;
|
|
print_search_dirs = 0;
|
|
ret = 0;
|
|
|
|
optind = parse_args(s, argc - 1, argv + 1);
|
|
if (print_search_dirs) {
|
|
/* enough for Linux kernel */
|
|
printf("install: %s/\n", tcc_lib_path);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (optind == 0 || nb_files == 0) {
|
|
if (optind && verbose)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
help();
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nb_objfiles = nb_files - nb_libraries;
|
|
|
|
/* if outfile provided without other options, we output an
|
|
executable */
|
|
if (outfile && output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY)
|
|
output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
|
|
|
|
/* check -c consistency : only single file handled. XXX: checks file type */
|
|
if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output) {
|
|
/* accepts only a single input file */
|
|
if (nb_objfiles != 1)
|
|
error("cannot specify multiple files with -c");
|
|
if (nb_libraries != 0)
|
|
error("cannot specify libraries with -c");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
|
|
if (!outfile) {
|
|
s->outfile = stdout;
|
|
} else {
|
|
s->outfile = fopen(outfile, "w");
|
|
if (!s->outfile)
|
|
error("could not open '%s", outfile);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
|
|
if (!outfile) {
|
|
/* compute default outfile name */
|
|
char *ext;
|
|
const char *name =
|
|
strcmp(files[0], "-") == 0 ? "a" : tcc_basename(files[0]);
|
|
pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), name);
|
|
ext = tcc_fileextension(objfilename);
|
|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
|
if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
|
|
strcpy(ext, ".dll");
|
|
else
|
|
if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE)
|
|
strcpy(ext, ".exe");
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output && *ext)
|
|
strcpy(ext, ".o");
|
|
else
|
|
pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), "a.out");
|
|
outfile = objfilename;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (do_bench) {
|
|
start_time = getclock_us();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tcc_set_output_type(s, output_type);
|
|
|
|
/* compile or add each files or library */
|
|
for(i = 0; i < nb_files && ret == 0; i++) {
|
|
const char *filename;
|
|
|
|
filename = files[i];
|
|
if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
|
|
if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename,
|
|
AFF_PRINT_ERROR | AFF_PREPROCESS) < 0)
|
|
ret = 1;
|
|
} else if (filename[0] == '-' && filename[1]) {
|
|
if (tcc_add_library(s, filename + 2) < 0)
|
|
error("cannot find %s", filename);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (1 == verbose)
|
|
printf("-> %s\n", filename);
|
|
if (tcc_add_file(s, filename) < 0)
|
|
ret = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* free all files */
|
|
tcc_free(files);
|
|
|
|
if (ret)
|
|
goto the_end;
|
|
|
|
if (do_bench) {
|
|
double total_time;
|
|
total_time = (double)(getclock_us() - start_time) / 1000000.0;
|
|
if (total_time < 0.001)
|
|
total_time = 0.001;
|
|
if (total_bytes < 1)
|
|
total_bytes = 1;
|
|
printf("%d idents, %d lines, %d bytes, %0.3f s, %d lines/s, %0.1f MB/s\n",
|
|
tok_ident - TOK_IDENT, total_lines, total_bytes,
|
|
total_time, (int)(total_lines / total_time),
|
|
total_bytes / total_time / 1000000.0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
|
|
if (outfile)
|
|
fclose(s->outfile);
|
|
} else if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
|
|
ret = tcc_run(s, argc - optind, argv + optind);
|
|
} else
|
|
ret = tcc_output_file(s, outfile) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
the_end:
|
|
/* XXX: cannot do it with bound checking because of the malloc hooks */
|
|
if (!do_bounds_check)
|
|
tcc_delete(s);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MEM_DEBUG
|
|
if (do_bench) {
|
|
printf("memory: %d bytes, max = %d bytes\n", mem_cur_size, mem_max_size);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return ret;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|